+
+# HG changeset patch
+# User Jean-Yves Avenard <jyavenard@mozilla.com>
+# Date 1524125955 -7200
+# Node ID 2f39b32593bd0d1d5ebd7623bdf324610027074f
+# Parent b2e2129293dd05a64e0d9ccaf3ff214307b2c8b7
+Bug 1435212 - Add support for FFmpeg 4.0. r=bryce, a=jcristau
+
+MozReview-Commit-ID: JlDFSUyGQu
+
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
+--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp
+@@ -72,25 +72,31 @@ FFmpegDataDecoder<LIBAV_VER>::InitDecode
+ mCodecContext->opaque = this;
+
+ InitCodecContext();
+
+ if (mExtraData) {
+ mCodecContext->extradata_size = mExtraData->Length();
+ // FFmpeg may use SIMD instructions to access the data which reads the
+ // data in 32 bytes block. Must ensure we have enough data to read.
++#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR >= 58
++ mExtraData->AppendElements(AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE);
++#else
+ mExtraData->AppendElements(FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE);
++#endif
+ mCodecContext->extradata = mExtraData->Elements();
+ } else {
+ mCodecContext->extradata_size = 0;
+ }
+
++#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 57
+ if (codec->capabilities & CODEC_CAP_DR1) {
+ mCodecContext->flags |= CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE;
+ }
++#endif
+
+ if (mLib->avcodec_open2(mCodecContext, codec, nullptr) < 0) {
+ NS_WARNING("Couldn't initialise ffmpeg decoder");
+ mLib->avcodec_close(mCodecContext);
+ mLib->av_freep(&mCodecContext);
+ return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+ }
+
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
+--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibWrapper.cpp
+@@ -56,22 +56,24 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
+
+ enum {
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK = 1 << 8,
+ AV_FUNC_53 = 1 << 0,
+ AV_FUNC_54 = 1 << 1,
+ AV_FUNC_55 = 1 << 2,
+ AV_FUNC_56 = 1 << 3,
+ AV_FUNC_57 = 1 << 4,
++ AV_FUNC_58 = 1 << 5,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_53 = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_54 = AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 = AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 = AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 = AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
+- AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57,
++ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58 = AV_FUNC_58 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK,
++ AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL = AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54 | AV_FUNC_55 | AV_FUNC_56 | AV_FUNC_57 | AV_FUNC_58,
+ AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL = AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_MASK
+ };
+
+ switch (macro) {
+ case 53:
+ version = AV_FUNC_53;
+ break;
+ case 54:
+@@ -81,16 +83,19 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
+ version = AV_FUNC_55;
+ break;
+ case 56:
+ version = AV_FUNC_56;
+ break;
+ case 57:
+ version = AV_FUNC_57;
+ break;
++ case 58:
++ version = AV_FUNC_58;
++ break;
+ default:
+ FFMPEG_LOG("Unknown avcodec version");
+ Unlink();
+ return isFFMpeg
+ ? ((macro > 57)
+ ? LinkResult::UnknownFutureFFMpegVersion
+ : LinkResult::UnknownOlderFFMpegVersion)
+ // All LibAV versions<54.35.1 are blocked, therefore we must be
+@@ -129,19 +134,19 @@ FFmpegLibWrapper::Link()
+ AV_FUNC(av_parser_close, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
+ AV_FUNC(av_parser_parse2, AV_FUNC_AVCODEC_ALL)
+ AV_FUNC(avcodec_alloc_frame, (AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54))
+ AV_FUNC(avcodec_get_frame_defaults, (AV_FUNC_53 | AV_FUNC_54))
+ AV_FUNC(avcodec_free_frame, AV_FUNC_54)
+ AV_FUNC(av_log_set_level, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
+ AV_FUNC(av_malloc, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
+ AV_FUNC(av_freep, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
+- AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
+- AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
+- AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57))
++ AV_FUNC(av_frame_alloc, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
++ AV_FUNC(av_frame_free, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
++ AV_FUNC(av_frame_unref, (AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_55 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_56 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_57 | AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_58))
+ AV_FUNC_OPTION(av_frame_get_colorspace, AV_FUNC_AVUTIL_ALL)
+ #undef AV_FUNC
+ #undef AV_FUNC_OPTION
+
+ avcodec_register_all();
+ #ifdef DEBUG
+ av_log_set_level(AV_LOG_DEBUG);
+ #endif
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
+--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegLibs.h
+@@ -22,17 +22,19 @@ extern "C" {
+ #if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F CODEC_ID_VP6F
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_H264 CODEC_ID_H264
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_AAC CODEC_ID_AAC
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_MP3 CODEC_ID_MP3
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_VP8 CODEC_ID_VP8
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_NONE CODEC_ID_NONE
+ #define AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC CODEC_ID_FLAC
++typedef CodecID AVCodecID;
++#endif
++#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR <= 55
+-typedef CodecID AVCodecID;
+ #endif
+
+ #ifdef FFVPX_VERSION
+ enum { LIBAV_VER = FFVPX_VERSION };
+ #else
+ enum { LIBAV_VER = LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR };
+ #endif
+
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
+--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp
+@@ -21,22 +21,25 @@ template <int V> class FFmpegDecoderModu
+ public:
+ static already_AddRefed<PlatformDecoderModule> Create(FFmpegLibWrapper*);
+ };
+
+ static FFmpegLibWrapper sLibAV;
+
+ static const char* sLibs[] = {
+ #if defined(XP_DARWIN)
++ "libavcodec.58.dylib",
+ "libavcodec.57.dylib",
+ "libavcodec.56.dylib",
+ "libavcodec.55.dylib",
+ "libavcodec.54.dylib",
+ "libavcodec.53.dylib",
+ #else
++ "libavcodec.so.58",
++ "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.58",
+ "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.57",
+ "libavcodec-ffmpeg.so.56",
+ "libavcodec.so.57",
+ "libavcodec.so.56",
+ "libavcodec.so.55",
+ "libavcodec.so.54",
+ "libavcodec.so.53",
+ #endif
+@@ -129,16 +132,17 @@ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::CreateDecoderModule
+ }
+ RefPtr<PlatformDecoderModule> module;
+ switch (sLibAV.mVersion) {
+ case 53: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<53>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
+ case 54: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<54>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
+ case 55:
+ case 56: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<55>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
+ case 57: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<57>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
++ case 58: module = FFmpegDecoderModule<58>::Create(&sLibAV); break;
+ default: module = nullptr;
+ }
+ return module.forget();
+ }
+
+ /* static */ const char*
+ FFmpegRuntimeLinker::LinkStatusString()
+ {
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1
+@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
++ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
++ Version 2.1, February 1999
++
++ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
++ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
++
++[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
++ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
++ the version number 2.1.]
++
++ Preamble
++
++ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
++freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
++Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
++free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
++
++ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
++specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
++Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
++can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
++this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
++strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
++
++ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
++not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
++you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
++for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
++it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
++it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
++these things.
++
++ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
++distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
++rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
++you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
++
++ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
++or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
++you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
++code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
++complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
++with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
++it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
++
++ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
++library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
++permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
++
++ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
++there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
++modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
++that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
++author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
++introduced by others.
++\f
++ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
++any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
++effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
++restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
++any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
++consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
++
++ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
++ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
++General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
++is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
++this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
++libraries into non-free programs.
++
++ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
++a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
++combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
++General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
++entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
++Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
++the library.
++
++ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
++does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
++Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
++of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
++are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
++libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
++special circumstances.
++
++ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
++encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
++a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
++allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
++library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
++case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
++software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
++
++ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
++programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
++free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
++non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
++operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
++system.
++
++ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
++users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
++linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
++that program using a modified version of the Library.
++
++ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
++modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
++"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
++former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
++be combined with the library in order to run.
++\f
++ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
++ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
++
++ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
++program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
++other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
++this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
++Each licensee is addressed as "you".
++
++ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
++prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
++(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
++
++ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
++which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
++Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
++copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
++portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
++straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
++included without limitation in the term "modification".)
++
++ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
++making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
++all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
++interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
++and installation of the library.
++
++ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
++covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
++running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
++such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
++on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
++writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
++and what the program that uses the Library does.
++
++ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
++complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
++you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
++appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
++all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
++warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
++Library.
++
++ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
++and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
++fee.
++\f
++ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
++of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
++distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
++above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
++
++ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
++
++ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
++ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
++
++ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
++ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
++
++ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
++ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
++ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
++ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
++ in the event an application does not supply such function or
++ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
++ its purpose remains meaningful.
++
++ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
++ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
++ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
++ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
++ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
++ root function must still compute square roots.)
++
++These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
++identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
++and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
++themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
++sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
++distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
++on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
++this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
++entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
++it.
++
++Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
++your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
++exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
++collective works based on the Library.
++
++In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
++with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
++a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
++the scope of this License.
++
++ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
++License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
++this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
++that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
++instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
++ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
++that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
++these notices.
++\f
++ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
++that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
++subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
++
++ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
++the Library into a program that is not a library.
++
++ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
++derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
++under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
++it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
++must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
++medium customarily used for software interchange.
++
++ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
++from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
++source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
++distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
++compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
++
++ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
++Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
++linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
++work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
++therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
++
++ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
++creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
++contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
++library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
++Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
++
++ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
++that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
++derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
++Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
++linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
++threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
++
++ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
++structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
++functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
++file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
++work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
++Library will still fall under Section 6.)
++
++ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
++distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
++Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
++whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
++\f
++ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
++link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
++work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
++under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
++modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
++engineering for debugging such modifications.
++
++ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
++Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
++this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
++during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
++copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
++directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
++of these things:
++
++ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
++ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
++ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
++ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
++ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
++ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
++ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
++ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
++ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
++ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
++ to use the modified definitions.)
++
++ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
++ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
++ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
++ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
++ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
++ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
++ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
++
++ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
++ least three years, to give the same user the materials
++ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
++ than the cost of performing this distribution.
++
++ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
++ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
++ specified materials from the same place.
++
++ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
++ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
++
++ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
++Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
++reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
++the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
++normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
++components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
++which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
++the executable.
++
++ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
++restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
++accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
++use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
++distribute.
++\f
++ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
++Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
++facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
++library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
++the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
++permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
++
++ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
++ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
++ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
++ Sections above.
++
++ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
++ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
++ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
++
++ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
++the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
++attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
++distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
++rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
++or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
++terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
++
++ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
++signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
++distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
++prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
++modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
++Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
++all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
++the Library or works based on it.
++
++ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
++Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
++original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
++subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
++restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
++You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
++this License.
++\f
++ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
++infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
++conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
++otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
++excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
++distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
++License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
++may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
++license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
++all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
++the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
++refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
++
++If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
++particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
++and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
++
++It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
++patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
++such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
++integrity of the free software distribution system which is
++implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
++generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
++through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
++system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
++to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
++impose that choice.
++
++This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
++be a consequence of the rest of this License.
++
++ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
++certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
++original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
++an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
++so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
++excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
++written in the body of this License.
++
++ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
++versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
++Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
++but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
++
++Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
++specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
++"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
++conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
++the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
++license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
++the Free Software Foundation.
++\f
++ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
++programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
++write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
++copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
++Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
++decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
++of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
++and reuse of software generally.
++
++ NO WARRANTY
++
++ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
++WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
++EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
++OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
++KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
++IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
++PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
++LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
++THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
++
++ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
++WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
++AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
++FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
++CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
++LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
++RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
++FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
++SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
++DAMAGES.
++
++ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
++\f
++ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
++
++ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
++possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
++everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
++redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
++ordinary General Public License).
++
++ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
++safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
++convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
++"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
++
++ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
++ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
++
++ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++
++ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ Lesser General Public License for more details.
++
++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
++ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++
++Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
++
++You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
++school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
++necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
++
++ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
++ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
++
++ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
++ Ty Coon, President of Vice
++
++That's all there is to it!
++
++
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,6146 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
++#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup libavc
++ * Libavcodec external API header
++ */
++
++#include <errno.h>
++#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
++#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
++#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
++#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
++#include "libavutil/cpu.h"
++#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
++#include "libavutil/dict.h"
++#include "libavutil/frame.h"
++#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h"
++#include "libavutil/log.h"
++#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
++#include "libavutil/rational.h"
++
++#include "version.h"
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec
++ * Encoding/Decoding Library
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs
++ * @{
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @ingroup libavc
++ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview
++ * @{
++ *
++ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/
++ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which
++ * decouples input and output.
++ *
++ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as
++ * follows:
++ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual.
++ * - Send valid input:
++ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw
++ * compressed data in an AVPacket.
++ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame
++ * containing uncompressed audio or video.
++ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are
++ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat
++ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates
++ * refcounted AVFrames.)
++ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*()
++ * functions and process their output:
++ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return
++ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data.
++ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return
++ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame.
++ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to
++ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each
++ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet,
++ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1.
++ *
++ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple
++ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers
++ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps
++ * outlined above.
++ *
++ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if
++ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode
++ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could
++ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that
++ * returns EAGAIN.
++ *
++ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec,
++ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for
++ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames).
++ * This is handled as follows:
++ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding)
++ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining
++ * mode.
++ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet()
++ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will
++ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode.
++ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with
++ * avcodec_flush_buffers().
++ *
++ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also
++ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can
++ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling
++ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed
++ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of
++ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to
++ * read at least some output.
++ *
++ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only
++ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on
++ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or
++ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will
++ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output.
++ *
++ * This API replaces the following legacy functions:
++ * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4():
++ * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use
++ * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet.
++ * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from
++ * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially
++ * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to
++ * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then
++ * no data was read from the packet).
++ * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once.
++ * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2():
++ * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use
++ * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets.
++ * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not
++ * possible.
++ * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet.
++ *
++ * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed,
++ * and will result in undefined behavior.
++ *
++ * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return
++ * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API.
++ *
++ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This
++ * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless
++ * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to
++ * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second
++ * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved).
++ * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed
++ * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed
++ * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive
++ * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be
++ * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between
++ * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that
++ * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now
++ * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an
++ * avcodec_send_packet() call.
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures.
++ * @ingroup libavc
++ *
++ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities,
++ * allocating core structures, etc.
++ * @{
++ */
++
++
++/**
++ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream.
++ * The principle is roughly:
++ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams.
++ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams.
++ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation
++ * details.
++ *
++ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that
++ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI),
++ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs
++ *
++ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec
++ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version.
++ */
++enum AVCodecID {
++ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE,
++
++ /* video codecs */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding
++ AV_CODEC_ID_H261,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_H264,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_THP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_C93,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_V210,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_R210,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM,
++#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM
++ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_JV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_V410,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC,
++#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_M101,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS,
++
++ /* various PCM "codecs" */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE,
++
++ /* various ADPCM codecs */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF,
++
++ /* AMR */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB,
++
++ /* RealAudio codecs*/
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288,
++
++ /* various DPCM codecs */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
++
++ /* audio codecs */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_APE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_G729,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DST,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC,
++
++ /* subtitle codecs */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_STL,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE,
++
++ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs.
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000,
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream.
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
++ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
++
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
++
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS
++ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems
++ * stream (only used by libavformat) */
++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
++ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
++};
++
++/**
++ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an
++ * AVCodecID.
++ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get()
++ */
++typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
++ enum AVCodecID id;
++ enum AVMediaType type;
++ /**
++ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and
++ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric
++ * characters and '_' only.
++ */
++ const char *name;
++ /**
++ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL.
++ */
++ const char *long_name;
++ /**
++ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags.
++ */
++ int props;
++ /**
++ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec.
++ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types.
++ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type.
++ */
++ const char *const *mime_types;
++ /**
++ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
++ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
++ */
++ const struct AVProfile *profiles;
++} AVCodecDescriptor;
++
++/**
++ * Codec uses only intra compression.
++ * Video and audio codecs only.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0)
++/**
++ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only.
++ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless
++ * compression modes
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1)
++/**
++ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2)
++/**
++ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which
++ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the
++ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding
++ * frames.
++ *
++ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be
++ * equal.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
++/**
++ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based
++ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16)
++/**
++ * Subtitle codec is text based.
++ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17)
++
++/**
++ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
++ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding.
++ * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read
++ * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br>
++ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged
++ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault.
++ */
++#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
++
++/**
++ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
++ * minimum encoding buffer size
++ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing.
++ */
++#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384
++
++/**
++ * @ingroup lavc_decoding
++ */
++enum AVDiscard{
++ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some
++ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */
++ AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing
++ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi
++ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference
++ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames
++ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames
++ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes
++ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all
++};
++
++enum AVAudioServiceType {
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8,
++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++/**
++ * @ingroup lavc_encoding
++ */
++typedef struct RcOverride{
++ int start_frame;
++ int end_frame;
++ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead.
++ float quality_factor;
++} RcOverride;
++
++/* encoding support
++ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization.
++ Note: Not everything is supported yet.
++*/
++
++/**
++ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned
++ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping).
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0)
++/**
++ * Use fixed qscale.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1)
++/**
++ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2)
++/**
++ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3)
++/**
++ * Use qpel MC.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4)
++/**
++ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9)
++/**
++ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10)
++/**
++ * loop filter.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11)
++/**
++ * Only decode/encode grayscale.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13)
++/**
++ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15)
++/**
++ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location
++ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16)
++/**
++ * Use interlaced DCT.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18)
++/**
++ * Force low delay.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19)
++/**
++ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22)
++/**
++ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT).
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23)
++/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */
++/**
++ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24)
++/**
++ * interlaced motion estimation
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29)
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31)
++
++/**
++ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0)
++/**
++ * Skip bitstream encoding.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2)
++/**
++ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3)
++
++/**
++ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!!
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13)
++
++/**
++ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries
++ * instead of only at frame boundaries.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15)
++/**
++ * Discard cropping information from SPS.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16)
++
++/**
++ * Show all frames before the first keyframe
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22)
++/**
++ * Export motion vectors through frame side data
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28)
++/**
++ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29)
++/**
++ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding)
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30)
++
++/* Unsupported options :
++ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC)
++ * Reference Picture Selection
++ * Independent Segment Decoding */
++/* /Fx */
++/* codec capabilities */
++
++/**
++ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0)
++/**
++ * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators.
++ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that
++ * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3)
++/**
++ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
++ * give the complete and correct output.
++ *
++ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with
++ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode
++ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec
++ * unless this flag is set.
++ *
++ * Decoders:
++ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
++ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer
++ * returns frames.
++ *
++ * Encoders:
++ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the
++ * encoder no longer returns data.
++ *
++ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this
++ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for
++ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will
++ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5)
++/**
++ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size.
++ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
++
++/**
++ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
++ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
++ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames.
++ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a
++ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming
++ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus
++ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like
++ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered
++ * as a last resort.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
++/**
++ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
++ * encoders
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9)
++/**
++ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10)
++/**
++ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12)
++/**
++ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13)
++/**
++ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14)
++/**
++ * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto).
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15)
++/**
++ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16)
++/**
++ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing.
++ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing.
++ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder,
++ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about
++ * the stream.
++ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort
++ * choice for probing.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
++/**
++ * Codec is intra only.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000
++/**
++ * Codec is lossless.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000
++
++/**
++ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
++ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
++ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18)
++
++/**
++ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not
++ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the
++ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback.
++ */
++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
++
++/**
++ * Pan Scan area.
++ * This specifies the area which should be displayed.
++ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame.
++ */
++typedef struct AVPanScan {
++ /**
++ * id
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int id;
++
++ /**
++ * width and height in 1/16 pel
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int width;
++ int height;
++
++ /**
++ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int16_t position[3][2];
++} AVPanScan;
++
++/**
++ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It
++ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD
++ * parameters for H.264/HEVC.
++ */
++typedef struct AVCPBProperties {
++ /**
++ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
++ */
++ int max_bitrate;
++ /**
++ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
++ */
++ int min_bitrate;
++ /**
++ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second.
++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
++ */
++ int avg_bitrate;
++
++ /**
++ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits.
++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified.
++ */
++ int buffer_size;
++
++ /**
++ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with
++ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz
++ * clock.
++ *
++ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified.
++ */
++ uint64_t vbv_delay;
++} AVCPBProperties;
++
++/**
++ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later.
++ */
++#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0)
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
++ *
++ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
++ * @{
++ */
++enum AVPacketSideDataType {
++ /**
++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE
++ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is
++ * present.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE,
++
++ /**
++ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format
++ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should
++ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side
++ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current
++ * frame or packet.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA,
++
++ /**
++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
++ * @code
++ * u32le param_flags
++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
++ * s32le channel_count
++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
++ * u64le channel_layout
++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
++ * s32le sample_rate
++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
++ * s32le width
++ * s32le height
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE,
++
++ /**
++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of
++ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the
++ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190).
++ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks,
++ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller
++ * than the target payload size.
++ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows:
++ * @code
++ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet
++ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock
++ * u8 GOB number
++ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB
++ * u8 horizontal MV predictor
++ * u8 vertical MV predictor
++ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3
++ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains
++ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
++ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for
++ * correct presentation.
++ *
++ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains
++ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds
++ * to enum AVAudioServiceType.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder.
++ * @code
++ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad).
++ * u8 picture type
++ * u8 error count
++ * u16 reserved
++ * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index
++ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate
++ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason.
++ * e.g. no decoder available for codec.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES,
++
++ /**
++ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples
++ * @code
++ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
++ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
++ * u8 reason for start skip
++ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
++
++ /**
++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that
++ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
++ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
++ * @code
++ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
++
++ /**
++ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
++ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA,
++
++ /**
++ * Subtitle event position
++ * @code
++ * u32le x1
++ * u32le y1
++ * u32le x2
++ * u32le y2
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION,
++
++ /**
++ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is
++ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data
++ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed
++ * by data.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL,
++
++ /**
++ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER,
++
++ /**
++ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately
++ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS,
++
++ /**
++ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for
++ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This
++ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE,
++
++ /**
++ * MPEGTS stream ID, this is required to pass the stream ID
++ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID,
++
++ /**
++ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata
++ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
++ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds
++ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL,
++
++ /**
++ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be
++ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the
++ * AVContentLightMetadata struct.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
++
++ /**
++ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with
++ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data.
++ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data is encryption initialization data.
++ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to
++ * access.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO,
++
++ /**
++ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet.
++ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO,
++
++ /**
++ * The number of side data types.
++ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
++ * change when new side data types are added.
++ * This must stay the last enum value.
++ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it
++ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits.
++ */
++ AV_PKT_DATA_NB
++};
++
++#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
++
++typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
++ uint8_t *data;
++ int size;
++ enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
++} AVPacketSideData;
++
++/**
++ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
++ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
++ * then passed to muxers.
++ *
++ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may
++ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty
++ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data
++ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding).
++ *
++ * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public
++ * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it
++ * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump.
++ *
++ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field.
++ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is
++ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the
++ * reference count to 0.
++ *
++ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead
++ * of increasing the reference count.
++ *
++ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by
++ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref().
++ *
++ * @see av_packet_ref
++ * @see av_packet_unref
++ */
++typedef struct AVPacket {
++ /**
++ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is
++ * stored.
++ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *buf;
++ /**
++ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
++ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user.
++ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
++ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before
++ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse
++ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps
++ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket.
++ */
++ int64_t pts;
++ /**
++ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which
++ * the packet is decompressed.
++ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file.
++ */
++ int64_t dts;
++ uint8_t *data;
++ int size;
++ int stream_index;
++ /**
++ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values
++ */
++ int flags;
++ /**
++ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container.
++ * Packet can contain several types of side information.
++ */
++ AVPacketSideData *side_data;
++ int side_data_elems;
++
++ /**
++ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
++ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order.
++ */
++ int64_t duration;
++
++ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown
++
++#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
++ /**
++ * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required
++ * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the
++ * duration field was still an int.
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int64_t convergence_duration;
++#endif
++} AVPacket;
++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe
++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted
++/**
++ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid
++ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped
++ * after decoding.
++ **/
++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004
++/**
++ * The packet comes from a trusted source.
++ *
++ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data
++ * outside the packet may be followed.
++ */
++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008
++/**
++ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can
++ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames.
++ */
++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
++
++
++enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
++};
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++struct AVCodecInternal;
++
++enum AVFieldOrder {
++ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
++ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
++ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
++ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
++ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
++ AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
++};
++
++/**
++ * main external API structure.
++ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
++ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
++ * version bump.
++ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user
++ * applications.
++ * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line
++ * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h
++ * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
++ * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
++ * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*.
++ */
++typedef struct AVCodecContext {
++ /**
++ * information on struct for av_log
++ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3
++ */
++ const AVClass *av_class;
++ int log_level_offset;
++
++ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */
++ const struct AVCodec *codec;
++ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */
++
++ /**
++ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A').
++ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs.
++ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec.
++ * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one
++ * which maximizes the information about the used codec.
++ * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should
++ * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new
++ * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated
++ * first.
++ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used.
++ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init.
++ */
++ unsigned int codec_tag;
++
++ void *priv_data;
++
++ /**
++ * Private context used for internal data.
++ *
++ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general
++ * libavcodec functions.
++ */
++ struct AVCodecInternal *internal;
++
++ /**
++ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ void *opaque;
++
++ /**
++ * the average bitrate
++ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
++ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec
++ * if this info is available in the stream
++ */
++ int64_t bit_rate;
++
++ /**
++ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference.
++ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2)
++ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int bit_rate_tolerance;
++
++ /**
++ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame.
++ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int global_quality;
++
++ /**
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int compression_level;
++#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1
++
++ /**
++ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int flags;
++
++ /**
++ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_*
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int flags2;
++
++ /**
++ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables.
++ * MJPEG: Huffman tables
++ * rv10: additional flags
++ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here)
++ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger
++ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader.
++ * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness.
++ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user.
++ */
++ uint8_t *extradata;
++ int extradata_size;
++
++ /**
++ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
++ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content,
++ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be
++ * identically 1.
++ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate
++ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not
++ * constant.
++ *
++ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base
++ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified.
++ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E)
++ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate
++ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate)
++ *
++ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
++ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated.
++ * Use framerate instead.
++ */
++ AVRational time_base;
++
++ /**
++ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate.
++ * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration
++ * if no telecine is used ...
++ *
++ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2.
++ */
++ int ticks_per_frame;
++
++ /**
++ * Codec delay.
++ *
++ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to
++ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec)
++ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder
++ * as specified in the spec would produce.
++ *
++ * Video:
++ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the
++ * encoded input.
++ *
++ * Audio:
++ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding).
++ *
++ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to
++ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should
++ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point.
++ *
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int delay;
++
++
++ /* video only */
++ /**
++ * picture width / height.
++ *
++ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last
++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame
++ * reordering.
++ *
++ * - encoding: MUST be set by user.
++ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g.
++ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions
++ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may
++ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
++ */
++ int width, height;
++
++ /**
++ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when
++ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled.
++ *
++ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last
++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
++ * reordering.
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known
++ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may
++ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data.
++ */
++ int coded_width, coded_height;
++
++ /**
++ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int gop_size;
++
++ /**
++ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
++ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers.
++ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better.
++ *
++ * @note This field may not match the value of the last
++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame
++ * reordering.
++ *
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while
++ * parsing the data.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
++
++ /**
++ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec
++ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not
++ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities
++ * beforehand.
++ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads
++ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame,
++ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn
++ * in order.
++ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs.
++ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass
++ * the data needed for hardware render.
++ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to
++ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application
++ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress
++ * or mark state.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ * @param height the height of the slice
++ * @param y the y position of the slice
++ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame
++ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read
++ */
++ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s,
++ const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS],
++ int y, int type, int height);
++
++ /**
++ * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat
++ * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec,
++ * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality.
++ * The first is always the native one.
++ * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for
++ * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed.
++ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not
++ * in the fmt list of formats.
++ * @return the chosen format
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
++
++ /**
++ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames
++ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int max_b_frames;
++
++ /**
++ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames
++ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset).
++ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float b_quant_factor;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int b_frame_strategy;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float b_quant_offset;
++
++ /**
++ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder.
++ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP.
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int has_b_frames;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int mpeg_quant;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames
++ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset).
++ * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset).
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float i_quant_factor;
++
++ /**
++ * qscale offset between P and I-frames
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float i_quant_offset;
++
++ /**
++ * luminance masking (0-> disabled)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float lumi_masking;
++
++ /**
++ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float temporal_cplx_masking;
++
++ /**
++ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float spatial_cplx_masking;
++
++ /**
++ * p block masking (0-> disabled)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float p_masking;
++
++ /**
++ * darkness masking (0-> disabled)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ float dark_masking;
++
++ /**
++ * slice count
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0).
++ */
++ int slice_count;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int prediction_method;
++#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0
++#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1
++#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes
++ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL).
++ */
++ int *slice_offset;
++
++ /**
++ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
++ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel.
++ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
++
++ /**
++ * motion estimation comparison function
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int me_cmp;
++ /**
++ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int me_sub_cmp;
++ /**
++ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int mb_cmp;
++ /**
++ * interlaced DCT comparison function
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int ildct_cmp;
++#define FF_CMP_SAD 0
++#define FF_CMP_SSE 1
++#define FF_CMP_SATD 2
++#define FF_CMP_DCT 3
++#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4
++#define FF_CMP_BIT 5
++#define FF_CMP_RD 6
++#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7
++#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8
++#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9
++#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10
++#define FF_CMP_W53 11
++#define FF_CMP_W97 12
++#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13
++#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14
++#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15
++#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256
++
++ /**
++ * ME diamond size & shape
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int dia_size;
++
++ /**
++ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square)
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int last_predictor_count;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int pre_me;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * motion estimation prepass comparison function
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int me_pre_cmp;
++
++ /**
++ * ME prepass diamond size & shape
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int pre_dia_size;
++
++ /**
++ * subpel ME quality
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int me_subpel_quality;
++
++ /**
++ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units
++ * If 0 then no limit.
++ *
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int me_range;
++
++ /**
++ * slice flags
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int slice_flags;
++#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display
++#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics)
++#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1)
++
++ /**
++ * macroblock decision mode
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int mb_decision;
++#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp
++#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits
++#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion
++
++ /**
++ * custom intra quantization matrix
++ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ uint16_t *intra_matrix;
++
++ /**
++ * custom inter quantization matrix
++ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ uint16_t *inter_matrix;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int scenechange_threshold;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int noise_reduction;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ int intra_dc_precision;
++
++ /**
++ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int skip_top;
++
++ /**
++ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int skip_bottom;
++
++ /**
++ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int mb_lmin;
++
++ /**
++ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int mb_lmax;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /**
++ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int me_penalty_compensation;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int bidir_refine;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int brd_scale;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * minimum GOP size
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int keyint_min;
++
++ /**
++ * number of reference frames
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by lavc.
++ */
++ int refs;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int chromaoffset;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int mv0_threshold;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int b_sensitivity;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
++
++ /**
++ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
++
++ /**
++ * YUV colorspace type.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
++
++ /**
++ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorRange color_range;
++
++ /**
++ * This defines the location of chroma samples.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location;
++
++ /**
++ * Number of slices.
++ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized
++ * decoding.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int slices;
++
++ /** Field order
++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
++
++ /* audio only */
++ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
++ int channels; ///< number of audio channels
++
++ /**
++ * audio sample format
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format
++
++ /* The following data should not be initialized. */
++ /**
++ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame.
++ *
++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame
++ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
++ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the
++ * frame size is not restricted.
++ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size
++ */
++ int frame_size;
++
++ /**
++ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec.
++ *
++ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far.
++ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far.
++ *
++ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in
++ * an error.
++ */
++ int frame_number;
++
++ /**
++ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0
++ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs.
++ */
++ int block_align;
++
++ /**
++ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic")
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int cutoff;
++
++ /**
++ * Audio channel layout.
++ * - encoding: set by user.
++ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
++ */
++ uint64_t channel_layout;
++
++ /**
++ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default)
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ uint64_t request_channel_layout;
++
++ /**
++ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type;
++
++ /**
++ * desired sample format
++ * - encoding: Not used.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can.
++ */
++ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt;
++
++ /**
++ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data
++ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or
++ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What
++ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary.
++ * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description
++ * of buf[] below).
++ *
++ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is
++ * called:
++ * - format
++ * - width, height (video only)
++ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only)
++ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in
++ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec
++ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size.
++ *
++ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame:
++ * - data[]
++ * - linesize[]
++ * - extended_data:
++ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this
++ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers
++ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can.
++ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in
++ * av_frame_unref().
++ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data
++ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of
++ * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That
++ * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one
++ * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(),
++ * and av_buffer_ref().
++ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by
++ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more
++ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in
++ * av_frame_unref().
++ *
++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call
++ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by
++ * some other means.
++ *
++ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target
++ * CPU.
++ *
++ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2()
++ *
++ * Video:
++ *
++ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused
++ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec.
++ *
++ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and
++ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16.
++ *
++ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames.
++ *
++ * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set,
++ * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more
++ * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant.
++ *
++ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2()
++ *
++ * Audio:
++ *
++ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting
++ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may,
++ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples
++ * to a smaller value in the output frame.
++ *
++ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and
++ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2()
++ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and
++ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio
++ * since all planes must be the same size.
++ *
++ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays()
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
++ */
++ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
++
++ /**
++ * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from
++ * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted
++ * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with
++ * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore.
++ * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are
++ * only valid until the next decode call.
++ *
++ * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used.
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2().
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int refcounted_frames;
++
++ /* - encoding parameters */
++ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0)
++ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0)
++
++ /**
++ * minimum quantizer
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int qmin;
++
++ /**
++ * maximum quantizer
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int qmax;
++
++ /**
++ * maximum quantizer difference between frames
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int max_qdiff;
++
++ /**
++ * decoder bitstream buffer size
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int rc_buffer_size;
++
++ /**
++ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride
++ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int rc_override_count;
++ RcOverride *rc_override;
++
++ /**
++ * maximum bitrate
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int64_t rc_max_rate;
++
++ /**
++ * minimum bitrate
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int64_t rc_min_rate;
++
++ /**
++ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused.
++ */
++ float rc_max_available_vbv_use;
++
++ /**
++ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused.
++ */
++ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use;
++
++ /**
++ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy;
++
++#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE
++#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0
++#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1
++#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2
++#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3
++ /**
++ * @deprecated use encoder private options instead
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int coder_type;
++#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int context_model;
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int frame_skip_threshold;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int frame_skip_factor;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int frame_skip_exp;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int frame_skip_cmp;
++#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */
++
++ /**
++ * trellis RD quantization
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int trellis;
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int min_prediction_order;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int max_prediction_order;
++
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int64_t timecode_frame_start;
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
++ /**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++ /* The RTP callback: This function is called */
++ /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */
++ /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */
++ /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */
++ /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */
++ /* encoded in the RTP payload. */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb);
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++ /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */
++ /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */
++ /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */
++ /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */
++ /* This doesn't take account of any particular */
++ /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_STAT_BITS
++ /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int mv_bits;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int header_bits;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int i_tex_bits;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int p_tex_bits;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int i_count;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int p_count;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int skip_count;
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int misc_bits;
++
++ /** @deprecated this field is unused */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int frame_bits;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ char *stats_out;
++
++ /**
++ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer
++ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here.
++ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ char *stats_in;
++
++ /**
++ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by user
++ */
++ int workaround_bugs;
++#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection
++#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4
++#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8
++#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16
++#define FF_BUG_AMV 32
++#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64
++#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128
++#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256
++#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512
++#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024
++#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048
++#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096
++#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders.
++#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384
++#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768
++
++ /**
++ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...).
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will
++ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower
++ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all
++ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal,
++ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things
++ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly
++ * (=strictly conform to the specs)
++ */
++ int strict_std_compliance;
++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
++
++ /**
++ * error concealment flags
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int error_concealment;
++#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1
++#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2
++#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256
++
++ /**
++ * debug
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int debug;
++#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1
++#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2
++#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4
++#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8
++#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16
++#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
++/**
++ * @deprecated this option does nothing
++ */
++#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32
++#endif
++#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040
++#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080
++#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100
++#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400
++#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800
++#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000
++#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000
++#endif
++#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000
++#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000
++#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000
++#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000
++
++#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV
++ /**
++ * debug
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int debug_mv;
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int err_recognition;
++
++/**
++ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
++ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch.
++ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
++ * decoder returning an error.
++ */
++#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
++#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
++#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
++#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
++
++#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
++#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
++#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
++#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error
++
++
++ /**
++ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and
++ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int64_t reordered_opaque;
++
++ /**
++ * Hardware accelerator in use
++ * - encoding: unused.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel;
++
++ /**
++ * Hardware accelerator context.
++ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be
++ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent
++ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the
++ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this
++ * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user
++ */
++ void *hwaccel_context;
++
++ /**
++ * error
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
++
++ /**
++ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int dct_algo;
++#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0
++#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1
++#define FF_DCT_INT 2
++#define FF_DCT_MMX 3
++#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5
++#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6
++
++ /**
++ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int idct_algo;
++#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0
++#define FF_IDCT_INT 1
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3
++#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7
++#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10
++#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17
++#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22
++#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */
++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128
++
++ /**
++ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv).
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int bits_per_coded_sample;
++
++ /**
++ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format.
++ * - encoding: set by user.
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int bits_per_raw_sample;
++
++#if FF_API_LOWRES
++ /**
++ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int lowres;
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME
++ /**
++ * the picture in the bitstream
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ *
++ * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * thread count
++ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute()
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int thread_count;
++
++ /**
++ * Which multithreading methods to use.
++ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread,
++ * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it.
++ *
++ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
++ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used.
++ */
++ int thread_type;
++#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once
++#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once
++
++ /**
++ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec.
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int active_thread_type;
++
++ /**
++ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called
++ * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding.
++ * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting.
++ * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int thread_safe_callbacks;
++
++ /**
++ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
++ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
++ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
++ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
++ * @param count the number of things to execute
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
++ */
++ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size);
++
++ /**
++ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things.
++ * It will return only after finishing all tasks.
++ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation,
++ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially.
++ * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option.
++ * @param c context passed also to func
++ * @param count the number of things to execute
++ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func
++ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL.
++ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1.
++ * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no
++ * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr.
++ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func
++ * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned.
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override.
++ */
++ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count);
++
++ /**
++ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: unused
++ */
++ int nsse_weight;
++
++ /**
++ * profile
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int profile;
++#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
++#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22
++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4
++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60
++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14
++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768
++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2
++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3
++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0
++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1
++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0
++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2
++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3
++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7
++
++#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1
++
++ /**
++ * level
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ int level;
++#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
++
++ /**
++ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter;
++
++ /**
++ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ enum AVDiscard skip_idct;
++
++ /**
++ * Skip decoding for selected frames.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ enum AVDiscard skip_frame;
++
++ /**
++ * Header containing style information for text subtitles.
++ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS
++ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and
++ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line.
++ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2())
++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2())
++ */
++ uint8_t *subtitle_header;
++ int subtitle_header_size;
++
++#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY
++ /**
++ * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock).
++ * Used for compliant TS muxing.
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ * - decoding: unused.
++ * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of
++ * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ uint64_t vbv_delay;
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
++ /**
++ * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets
++ * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data.
++ *
++ * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream
++ * parameters at the end of encoding.
++ *
++ * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and
++ * it is kept only for compatibility.
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int side_data_only_packets;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the
++ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading
++ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio
++ * without leading padding.
++ *
++ * - decoding: unused
++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are
++ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the
++ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet,
++ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is
++ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is
++ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be
++ * -initial_padding.
++ */
++ int initial_padding;
++
++ /**
++ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed
++ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when
++ * unknown.
++ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an
++ * encoder.
++ */
++ AVRational framerate;
++
++ /**
++ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx.
++ * - encoding: unused.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format()
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt;
++
++ /**
++ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are.
++ * - encoding unused.
++ * - decoding set by user.
++ */
++ AVRational pkt_timebase;
++
++ /**
++ * AVCodecDescriptor
++ * - encoding: unused.
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor;
++
++#if !FF_API_LOWRES
++ /**
++ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int lowres;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Current statistics for PTS correction.
++ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far
++ int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far
++ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame
++ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame
++
++ /**
++ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file.
++ * - decoding: set by user
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ char *sub_charenc;
++
++ /**
++ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting
++ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance).
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ int sub_charenc_mode;
++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance)
++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself
++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv
++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8
++
++ /**
++ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec.
++ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6,
++ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression)
++ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background.
++ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha
++ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently
++ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway).
++ *
++ * - decoding: set by user
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ int skip_alpha;
++
++ /**
++ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity
++ * - decoding: unused
++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec
++ */
++ int seek_preroll;
++
++#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV
++ /**
++ * debug motion vectors
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ int debug_mv;
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames
++#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * custom intra quantization matrix
++ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL.
++ * - decoding: unused.
++ */
++ uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix;
++
++ /**
++ * dump format separator.
++ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by user.
++ */
++ uint8_t *dump_separator;
++
++ /**
++ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
++ * If NULL then all are allowed
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by user
++ */
++ char *codec_whitelist;
++
++ /**
++ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec
++ */
++ unsigned properties;
++#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001
++#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002
++
++ /**
++ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream.
++ *
++ * - decoding: unused
++ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2().
++ */
++ AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
++ int nb_coded_side_data;
++
++ /**
++ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding)
++ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and
++ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by
++ * the caller after being set.
++ *
++ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format()
++ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be
++ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call.
++ *
++ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel
++ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for
++ * allocating the frame buffers.
++ *
++ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel
++ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference
++ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.
++ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to
++ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt.
++ *
++ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
++
++ /**
++ * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass
++ * - decoding: set by user
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ int sub_text_format;
++#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0
++#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING
++#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
++ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
++ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
++ * audio without any trailing padding.
++ *
++ * - decoding: unused
++ * - encoding: unused
++ */
++ int trailing_padding;
++
++ /**
++ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept.
++ *
++ * - decoding: set by user
++ * - encoding: set by user
++ */
++ int64_t max_pixels;
++
++ /**
++ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will
++ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the
++ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec.
++ *
++ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require
++ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by
++ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as
++ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used
++ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this
++ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but
++ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call.
++ *
++ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before
++ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter.
++ *
++ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in
++ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames
++ * contexts used must be created on the same device.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
++
++ /**
++ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated
++ * decoding (if active).
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the
++ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback)
++ */
++ int hwaccel_flags;
++
++ /**
++ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that
++ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This
++ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec.
++ *
++ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally.
++ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the
++ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or
++ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that
++ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The
++ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero.
++ *
++ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set
++ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping
++ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller.
++ *
++ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used,
++ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border.
++ *
++ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the
++ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec
++ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in
++ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions
++ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields).
++ */
++ int apply_cropping;
++
++ /*
++ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which
++ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set
++ * before avcodec_open2() is called.
++ *
++ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for
++ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such
++ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size.
++ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder
++ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames
++ * used as reference pictures).
++ */
++ int extra_hw_frames;
++} AVCodecContext;
++
++#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
++/**
++ * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
++ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++#if FF_API_LOWRES
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
++#endif
++
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * AVProfile.
++ */
++typedef struct AVProfile {
++ int profile;
++ const char *name; ///< short name for the profile
++} AVProfile;
++
++enum {
++ /**
++ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface.
++ *
++ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should
++ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling
++ * avcodec_open2().
++ */
++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01,
++ /**
++ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface.
++ *
++ * When selecting this format for a decoder,
++ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames
++ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context
++ * must have been created on a device of the specified type.
++ */
++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02,
++ /**
++ * The codec supports this format by some internal method.
++ *
++ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration -
++ * no device or frames context is required.
++ */
++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04,
++ /**
++ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method.
++ *
++ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the
++ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring
++ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be
++ * used in preference.)
++ */
++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08,
++};
++
++typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig {
++ /**
++ * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
++ /**
++ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible
++ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration.
++ */
++ int methods;
++ /**
++ * The device type associated with the configuration.
++ *
++ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and
++ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused.
++ */
++ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type;
++} AVCodecHWConfig;
++
++typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault;
++
++struct AVSubtitle;
++
++/**
++ * AVCodec.
++ */
++typedef struct AVCodec {
++ /**
++ * Name of the codec implementation.
++ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
++ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
++ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective.
++ */
++ const char *name;
++ /**
++ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name.
++ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
++ */
++ const char *long_name;
++ enum AVMediaType type;
++ enum AVCodecID id;
++ /**
++ * Codec capabilities.
++ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_*
++ */
++ int capabilities;
++ const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
++ const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
++ const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
++ const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
++ const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
++ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
++ const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
++ const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
++
++ /**
++ * Group name of the codec implementation.
++ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A
++ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such
++ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or
++ * the hardware.
++ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec.
++ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases
++ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>").
++ */
++ const char *wrapper_name;
++
++ /*****************************************************************
++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
++ * removed at will.
++ * New public fields should be added right above.
++ *****************************************************************
++ */
++ int priv_data_size;
++ struct AVCodec *next;
++ /**
++ * @name Frame-level threading support functions
++ * @{
++ */
++ /**
++ * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created.
++ * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here.
++ * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original.
++ */
++ int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *);
++ /**
++ * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one.
++ * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec
++ * must call ff_thread_finish_setup().
++ *
++ * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped.
++ */
++ int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src);
++ /** @} */
++
++ /**
++ * Private codec-specific defaults.
++ */
++ const AVCodecDefault *defaults;
++
++ /**
++ * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register().
++ *
++ * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is
++ * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used.
++ */
++ void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec);
++
++ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *);
++ int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
++ const struct AVSubtitle *sub);
++ /**
++ * Encode data to an AVPacket.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer)
++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded
++ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a
++ * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt.
++ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
++ */
++ int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame,
++ int *got_packet_ptr);
++ int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt);
++ int (*close)(AVCodecContext *);
++ /**
++ * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the
++ * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except
++ * that:
++ * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type,
++ * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent,
++ * - only one drain frame is ever passed down,
++ */
++ int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
++ int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++ /**
++ * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called
++ * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain
++ * input data.
++ */
++ int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
++ /**
++ * Flush buffers.
++ * Will be called when seeking
++ */
++ void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *);
++ /**
++ * Internal codec capabilities.
++ * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h
++ */
++ int caps_internal;
++
++ /**
++ * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to
++ * packets before decoding.
++ */
++ const char *bsfs;
++
++ /**
++ * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec,
++ * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL
++ * pointer.
++ *
++ * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config().
++ */
++ const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs;
++} AVCodec;
++
++#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec);
++#endif
++
++struct MpegEncContext;
++
++/**
++ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec.
++ *
++ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration
++ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support
++ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL.
++ */
++const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index);
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel
++ *
++ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some
++ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++typedef struct AVHWAccel {
++ /**
++ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec.
++ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an
++ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name).
++ */
++ const char *name;
++
++ /**
++ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
++ *
++ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx
++ */
++ enum AVMediaType type;
++
++ /**
++ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator.
++ *
++ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx
++ */
++ enum AVCodecID id;
++
++ /**
++ * Supported pixel format.
++ *
++ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
++
++ /**
++ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities.
++ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_*
++ */
++ int capabilities;
++
++ /*****************************************************************
++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
++ * removed at will.
++ * New public fields should be added right above.
++ *****************************************************************
++ */
++
++ /**
++ * Allocate a custom buffer
++ */
++ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
++
++ /**
++ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture.
++ *
++ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
++ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
++ *
++ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0.
++ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param buf the frame data buffer base
++ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes
++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
++ */
++ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
++
++ /**
++ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc).
++ *
++ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the
++ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param type the nal unit type
++ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer
++ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes
++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
++ */
++ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
++
++ /**
++ * Callback for each slice.
++ *
++ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to
++ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory.
++ * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param buf the slice data buffer base
++ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes
++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
++ */
++ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size);
++
++ /**
++ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture.
++ *
++ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent
++ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise
++ */
++ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data.
++ *
++ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before
++ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after
++ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer().
++ */
++ int frame_priv_data_size;
++
++ /**
++ * Called for every Macroblock in a slice.
++ *
++ * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb().
++ * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are
++ * stored in an array provided by the video driver.
++ *
++ * @param s the mpeg context
++ */
++ void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s);
++
++ /**
++ * Initialize the hwaccel private data.
++ *
++ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and
++ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal
++ * is allocated.
++ */
++ int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data.
++ *
++ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel
++ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized.
++ */
++ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Size of the private data to allocate in
++ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data.
++ */
++ int priv_data_size;
++
++ /**
++ * Internal hwaccel capabilities.
++ */
++ int caps_internal;
++
++ /**
++ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called
++ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for
++ * details.
++ *
++ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume
++ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid.
++ */
++ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx);
++} AVHWAccel;
++
++/**
++ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
++ * codecs
++ */
++#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200
++
++/**
++ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level
++ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the
++ * hardware driver.
++ *
++ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific
++ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels.
++ */
++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0)
++
++/**
++ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma
++ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component.
++ */
++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1)
++
++/**
++ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the
++ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware.
++ *
++ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264
++ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked
++ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile.
++ *
++ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is
++ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output
++ * while indicating success.
++ */
++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2)
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture
++ *
++ * Functions for working with AVPicture
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Picture data structure.
++ *
++ * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is
++ * alpha.
++ * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead
++ */
++typedef struct AVPicture {
++ attribute_deprecated
++ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line
++} AVPicture;
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++#endif
++
++enum AVSubtitleType {
++ SUBTITLE_NONE,
++
++ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set
++
++ /**
++ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is
++ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations.
++ */
++ SUBTITLE_TEXT,
++
++ /**
++ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is
++ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations.
++ */
++ SUBTITLE_ASS,
++};
++
++#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001
++
++typedef struct AVSubtitleRect {
++ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
++ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set
++ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set
++ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set
++ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set
++
++#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
++ /**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ AVPicture pict;
++#endif
++ /**
++ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle.
++ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered.
++ */
++ uint8_t *data[4];
++ int linesize[4];
++
++ enum AVSubtitleType type;
++
++ char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text
++
++ /**
++ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line.
++ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this
++ * struct.
++ */
++ char *ass;
++
++ int flags;
++} AVSubtitleRect;
++
++typedef struct AVSubtitle {
++ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */
++ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
++ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */
++ unsigned num_rects;
++ AVSubtitleRect **rects;
++ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE
++} AVSubtitle;
++
++/**
++ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
++ *
++ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must
++ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with
++ * avcodec_parameters_free().
++ */
++typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
++ /**
++ * General type of the encoded data.
++ */
++ enum AVMediaType codec_type;
++ /**
++ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used).
++ */
++ enum AVCodecID codec_id;
++ /**
++ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC).
++ */
++ uint32_t codec_tag;
++
++ /**
++ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent.
++ *
++ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by
++ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at
++ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding
++ * bytes zeroed.
++ */
++ uint8_t *extradata;
++ /**
++ * Size of the extradata content in bytes.
++ */
++ int extradata_size;
++
++ /**
++ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
++ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
++ */
++ int format;
++
++ /**
++ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second).
++ */
++ int64_t bit_rate;
++
++ /**
++ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords.
++ *
++ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of
++ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in
++ * the actual coded bitstream.
++ *
++ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM
++ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample
++ * Can be 0
++ */
++ int bits_per_coded_sample;
++
++ /**
++ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the
++ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional
++ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample
++ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will
++ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32.
++ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"."
++ *
++ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar
++ * Can be 0
++ */
++ int bits_per_raw_sample;
++
++ /**
++ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to.
++ */
++ int profile;
++ int level;
++
++ /**
++ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels.
++ */
++ int width;
++ int height;
++
++ /**
++ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel
++ * should have when displayed.
++ *
++ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be
++ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value).
++ */
++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
++
++ /**
++ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
++ */
++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
++
++ /**
++ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics.
++ */
++ enum AVColorRange color_range;
++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
++ enum AVColorSpace color_space;
++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
++
++ /**
++ * Video only. Number of delayed frames.
++ */
++ int video_delay;
++
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
++ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
++ * the channels field.
++ */
++ uint64_t channel_layout;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The number of audio channels.
++ */
++ int channels;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
++ */
++ int sample_rate;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some
++ * formats.
++ *
++ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX.
++ */
++ int block_align;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static.
++ */
++ int frame_size;
++
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at
++ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples
++ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading
++ * padding.
++ */
++ int initial_padding;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to
++ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be
++ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original
++ * audio without any trailing padding.
++ */
++ int trailing_padding;
++ /**
++ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
++ */
++ int seek_preroll;
++} AVCodecParameters;
++
++/**
++ * Iterate over all registered codecs.
++ *
++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
++ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
++ *
++ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is
++ * finished
++ */
++const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque);
++
++#if FF_API_NEXT
++/**
++ * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec,
++ * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c,
++ * or NULL if c is the last one.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant.
++ */
++unsigned avcodec_version(void);
++
++/**
++ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration.
++ */
++const char *avcodec_configuration(void);
++
++/**
++ * Return the libavcodec license.
++ */
++const char *avcodec_license(void);
++
++#if FF_API_NEXT
++/**
++ * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec.
++ *
++ * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called
++ * before any other libavcodec functions.
++ *
++ * @see avcodec_register_all()
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec);
++
++/**
++ * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at
++ * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly
++ * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration
++ * functions.
++ *
++ * @see avcodec_register
++ * @see av_register_codec_parser
++ * @see av_register_bitstream_filter
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void avcodec_register_all(void);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The
++ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context().
++ *
++ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults
++ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2()
++ * with a different codec.
++ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized,
++ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is
++ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264).
++ *
++ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure.
++ */
++AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec);
++
++/**
++ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to
++ * the provided pointer.
++ */
++void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx);
++
++#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
++/**
++ * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec
++ * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be
++ * allocated for each new use.
++ */
++int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with
++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
++ *
++ * @see av_opt_find().
++ */
++const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void);
++
++#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
++/**
++ * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with
++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
++ *
++ * @see av_opt_find().
++ */
++const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void);
++
++/**
++ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with
++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
++ *
++ * @see av_opt_find().
++ */
++const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void);
++
++/**
++ * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination
++ * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be
++ * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you
++ * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data.
++ *
++ * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with
++ * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized
++ * @param src source codec context
++ * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success
++ *
++ * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not
++ * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context
++ * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the
++ * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context()
++ * functions.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values
++ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with
++ * avcodec_parameters_free().
++ */
++AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void);
++
++/**
++ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and
++ * write NULL to the supplied pointer.
++ */
++void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par);
++
++/**
++ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and
++ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src.
++ *
++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src);
++
++/**
++ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec
++ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates
++ * of the corresponding fields in codec.
++ *
++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par,
++ const AVCodecContext *codec);
++
++/**
++ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec
++ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in
++ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par.
++ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched.
++ *
++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec,
++ const AVCodecParameters *par);
++
++/**
++ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this
++ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3().
++ *
++ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(),
++ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for
++ * retrieving a codec.
++ *
++ * @warning This function is not thread safe!
++ *
++ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as
++ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()).
++ *
++ * @code
++ * avcodec_register_all();
++ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0);
++ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264);
++ * if (!codec)
++ * exit(1);
++ *
++ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec);
++ *
++ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0)
++ * exit(1);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param avctx The context to initialize.
++ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been
++ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or
++ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or
++ * equal to the previously passed codec.
++ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options.
++ * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found.
++ *
++ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error
++ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(),
++ * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find().
++ */
++int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options);
++
++/**
++ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it
++ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself).
++ *
++ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free
++ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL
++ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing.
++ *
++ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a
++ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context
++ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts
++ * instead.
++ */
++int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++/**
++ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct.
++ *
++ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free.
++ */
++void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavc_packet
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting
++ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free().
++ *
++ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure.
++ *
++ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those
++ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet.
++ *
++ * @see av_new_packet
++ */
++AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void);
++
++/**
++ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src.
++ *
++ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref().
++ *
++ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error.
++ *
++ * @see av_packet_alloc
++ * @see av_packet_ref
++ */
++AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be
++ * unreferenced first.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
++ * @note passing NULL is a no-op.
++ */
++void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values.
++ *
++ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be
++ * initialized separately.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ */
++void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with
++ * default values.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param size wanted payload size
++ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
++ */
++int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
++
++/**
++ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param size new size
++ */
++void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size);
++
++/**
++ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet
++ */
++int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by);
++
++/**
++ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size,
++ * buf and destruct fields, all others are left untouched.
++ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this
++ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer.
++ * The caller may not access the data through other means.
++ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
++ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
++ */
++int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size);
++
++#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
++/**
++ * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The
++ * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated.
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
++/**
++ * Copy packet, including contents
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Copy packet side data
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Free a packet.
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet to free
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt);
++#endif
++/**
++ * Allocate new information of a packet.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param type side information type
++ * @param size side information size
++ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
++ */
++uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
++ int size);
++
++/**
++ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param type side information type
++ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
++ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
++ * pkt.
++ * @param size side information size
++ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on
++ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains
++ * owned by the caller.
++ */
++int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
++ uint8_t *data, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param type side information type
++ * @param size new side information size
++ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
++ */
++int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
++ int size);
++
++/**
++ * Get side information from packet.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ * @param type desired side information type
++ * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
++ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
++ */
++uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
++ int *size);
++
++#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
++#endif
++
++const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
++
++/**
++ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
++ *
++ * @param dict The dictionary to pack.
++ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data
++ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise
++ */
++uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size);
++/**
++ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data.
++ *
++ * @param data data from side_data
++ * @param size size of the data
++ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary
++ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure
++ */
++int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict);
++
++
++/**
++ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored.
++ * All the other fields stay untouched.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet
++ */
++void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet
++ *
++ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the
++ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the
++ * data from src into it.
++ *
++ * All the other fields are copied from src.
++ *
++ * @see av_packet_unref
++ *
++ * @param dst Destination packet
++ * @param src Source packet
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
++ */
++int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Wipe the packet.
++ *
++ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the
++ * remaining packet fields to their default values.
++ *
++ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced.
++ */
++void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src.
++ *
++ * @see av_packet_unref
++ *
++ * @param src Source packet, will be reset
++ * @param dst Destination packet
++ */
++void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst.
++ *
++ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields
++ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size)
++ *
++ * @param dst Destination packet
++ * @param src Source packet
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure.
++ */
++int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src);
++
++/**
++ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted.
++ *
++ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable.
++ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose.
++ *
++ * @see av_packet_ref
++ * @see av_packet_make_writable
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the
++ * packet is unchanged.
++ */
++int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet,
++ * avoiding data copy if possible.
++ *
++ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the
++ * packet is unchanged.
++ */
++int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one
++ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be
++ * ignored.
++ *
++ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed
++ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are
++ * expressed
++ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be
++ * converted
++ */
++void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID.
++ *
++ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder
++ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
++ */
++AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id);
++
++/**
++ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name.
++ *
++ * @param name name of the requested decoder
++ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
++ */
++AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so
++ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without
++ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set.
++ */
++int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
++ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal
++ * padding.
++ *
++ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
++ */
++void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height);
++
++/**
++ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory
++ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all
++ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i].
++ *
++ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened.
++ */
++void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height,
++ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]);
++
++/**
++ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
++ *
++ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
++ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
++ *
++ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
++ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
++ */
++int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
++
++/**
++ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
++ *
++ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
++ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
++ *
++ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
++ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
++ */
++enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
++
++/**
++ * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame.
++ *
++ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such
++ * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be
++ * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be
++ * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to
++ * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet
++ * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely
++ * consumed or an error occurs.
++ *
++ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
++ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
++ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
++ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
++ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
++ * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
++ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned.
++ *
++ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
++ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
++ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
++ *
++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples.
++ * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by
++ * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
++ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
++ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
++ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
++ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
++ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
++ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
++ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
++ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
++ * decoder. The caller may not write to it.
++ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is
++ * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero
++ * does not mean that an error has occurred. For
++ * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode
++ * call is guaranteed to produce a frame.
++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
++ * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some
++ * decoders might also require additional fields to be set.
++ * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during
++ * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input
++ * AVPacket is returned.
++ *
++* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame,
++ int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++/**
++ * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture.
++ * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such
++ * decoders would then just decode the first frame.
++ *
++ * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than
++ * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64
++ * bits at once and could read over the end.
++ *
++ * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that
++ * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams.
++ *
++ * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay
++ * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL,
++ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames.
++ *
++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored.
++ * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will
++ * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the
++ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback.
++ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is
++ * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the
++ * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref()
++ * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write
++ * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1.
++ * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned
++ * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the
++ * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the
++ * decoder. The caller may not write to it.
++ *
++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
++ * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting
++ * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like
++ * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least
++ * fields possible.
++ * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
++ * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes
++ * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed.
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame().
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture,
++ int *got_picture_ptr,
++ const AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++/**
++ * Decode a subtitle message.
++ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used.
++ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero.
++ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub.
++ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for
++ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible
++ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly
++ * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern.
++ *
++ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input
++ * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately
++ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get
++ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets
++ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops
++ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not
++ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned.
++ *
++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context
++ * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored,
++ * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set.
++ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero.
++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer.
++ */
++int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub,
++ int *got_sub_ptr,
++ AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++/**
++ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder.
++ *
++ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can
++ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually
++ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the
++ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.)
++ *
++ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE
++ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream
++ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end.
++ *
++ * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2())
++ * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now
++ * or in future libavcodec versions.
++ *
++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2()
++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video
++ * frame, or several complete audio frames.
++ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the
++ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create
++ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is
++ * not reference-counted).
++ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed,
++ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs),
++ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple
++ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet.
++ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and
++ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush
++ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the
++ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are
++ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder
++ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending
++ * a flush packet.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
++ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once
++ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
++ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
++ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can
++ * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush
++ * packet is sent)
++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush
++ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
++ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
++ */
++int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++/**
++ * Return decoded output data from a decoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio
++ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the
++ * decoder. Note that the function will always call
++ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
++ *
++ * @return
++ * 0: success, a frame was returned
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try
++ * to send new input
++ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
++ * no more output frames
++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder
++ * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors
++ */
++int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame);
++
++/**
++ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet()
++ * to retrieve buffered output packets.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded.
++ * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the
++ * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create
++ * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is
++ * not reference-counted).
++ * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush
++ * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder
++ * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this
++ * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush
++ * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return
++ * AVERROR_EOF.
++ *
++ * For audio:
++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
++ * can have any number of samples.
++ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
++ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
++ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user
++ * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once
++ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and
++ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN).
++ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can
++ * be sent to it
++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a
++ * decoder, or requires flush
++ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar
++ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
++ */
++int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame);
++
++/**
++ * Read encoded data from the encoder.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the
++ * encoder. Note that the function will always call
++ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else.
++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code:
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user
++ * must try to send input
++ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be
++ * no more output packets
++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder
++ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors
++ */
++int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt);
++
++/**
++ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware
++ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is
++ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx.
++ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only.
++ *
++ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this
++ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid
++ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames.
++ *
++ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx,
++ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes
++ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about
++ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all.
++ *
++ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function:
++ *
++ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was
++ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and
++ * can trigger undefined behavior.
++ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values).
++ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could
++ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream
++ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's
++ * get_format callback returns.)
++ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the
++ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function,
++ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format.
++ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt.
++ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to
++ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter),
++ * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done
++ * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal
++ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules).
++ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is
++ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So
++ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every
++ * get_format call.
++ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using
++ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a
++ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function
++ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed.
++ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set
++ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation.
++ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque,
++ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback.
++ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free
++ * callback.
++ *
++ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext
++ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API):
++ *
++ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc().
++ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt.
++ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An
++ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats
++ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.)
++ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the
++ * API-specific minimum alignment.
++ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size
++ * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec,
++ * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference
++ * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced
++ * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the
++ * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand
++ * during decoding.
++ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying
++ * hardware API.
++ *
++ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but
++ * with basic frame parameters set.
++ *
++ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the
++ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext.
++ *
++ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which
++ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned
++ * AVHWFramesContext properly.
++ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device
++ * which will be used by the hardware decoder.
++ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format.
++ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_
++ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref.
++ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding.
++ * Not changed if an error is returned.
++ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes
++ * have special semantics:
++ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup
++ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not
++ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all,
++ * or it is a software format.
++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for
++ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported
++ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt.
++ */
++int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx,
++ AVBufferRef *device_ref,
++ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt,
++ AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref);
++
++
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing
++ * @{
++ */
++
++enum AVPictureStructure {
++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown
++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field
++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field
++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame
++};
++
++typedef struct AVCodecParserContext {
++ void *priv_data;
++ struct AVCodecParser *parser;
++ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */
++ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset
++ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */
++ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */
++ /* video info */
++ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
++ /**
++ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf.
++ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame
++ * is compared to normal frame duration.
++ *
++ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base
++ *
++ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material.
++ */
++ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */
++ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */
++ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */
++
++ /* private data */
++ int64_t last_pts;
++ int64_t last_dts;
++ int fetch_timestamp;
++
++#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4
++ int cur_frame_start_index;
++ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
++ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
++ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
++
++ int flags;
++#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001
++#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002
++/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset
++#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004
++#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000
++
++ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start
++ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
++
++ /**
++ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames.
++ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag,
++ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames
++ * will be used.
++ */
++ int key_frame;
++
++#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
++ /**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int64_t convergence_duration;
++#endif
++
++ // Timestamp generation support:
++ /**
++ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation.
++ *
++ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined
++ * (default).
++ *
++ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period
++ * SEI message.
++ */
++ int dts_sync_point;
++
++ /**
++ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in
++ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
++ *
++ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
++ * contain a valid timestamp offset.
++ *
++ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero
++ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of
++ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1.
++ *
++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay.
++ */
++ int dts_ref_dts_delta;
++
++ /**
++ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
++ *
++ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must
++ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame
++ * must not lie in the past).
++ *
++ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation
++ * time of the frame.
++ *
++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay.
++ */
++ int pts_dts_delta;
++
++ /**
++ * Position of the packet in file.
++ *
++ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts
++ */
++ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB];
++
++ /**
++ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream.
++ */
++ int64_t pos;
++
++ /**
++ * Previous frame byte position.
++ */
++ int64_t last_pos;
++
++ /**
++ * Duration of the current frame.
++ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate.
++ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base.
++ */
++ int duration;
++
++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order;
++
++ /**
++ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field.
++ *
++ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
++ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag
++ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to
++ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD.
++ */
++ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure;
++
++ /**
++ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order.
++ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence.
++ *
++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt.
++ */
++ int output_picture_number;
++
++ /**
++ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation.
++ */
++ int width;
++ int height;
++
++ /**
++ * Dimensions of the coded video.
++ */
++ int coded_width;
++ int coded_height;
++
++ /**
++ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video
++ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio.
++ *
++ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it
++ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the
++ * one returned by a decoder.
++ */
++ int format;
++} AVCodecParserContext;
++
++typedef struct AVCodecParser {
++ int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */
++ int priv_data_size;
++ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
++ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that
++ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */
++ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s,
++ AVCodecContext *avctx,
++ const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
++ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
++ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s);
++ int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
++ struct AVCodecParser *next;
++} AVCodecParser;
++
++/**
++ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers.
++ *
++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
++ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
++ *
++ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is
++ * finished
++ */
++const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser);
++AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id);
++
++/**
++ * Parse a packet.
++ *
++ * @param s parser context.
++ * @param avctx codec context.
++ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished.
++ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished.
++ * @param buf input buffer.
++ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer
++ size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE.
++ To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame
++ can be output).
++ * @param pts input presentation timestamp.
++ * @param dts input decoding timestamp.
++ * @param pos input byte position in stream.
++ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used.
++ *
++ * Example:
++ * @code
++ * while(in_len){
++ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size,
++ * in_data, in_len,
++ * pts, dts, pos);
++ * in_data += len;
++ * in_len -= len;
++ *
++ * if(size)
++ * decode_frame(data, size);
++ * }
++ * @endcode
++ */
++int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s,
++ AVCodecContext *avctx,
++ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
++ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
++ int64_t pts, int64_t dts,
++ int64_t pos);
++
++/**
++ * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed
++ * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter
++ */
++int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s,
++ AVCodecContext *avctx,
++ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
++ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
++void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID.
++ *
++ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder
++ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
++ */
++AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id);
++
++/**
++ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name.
++ *
++ * @param name name of the requested encoder
++ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise.
++ */
++AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * Encode a frame of audio.
++ *
++ * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if
++ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
++ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames
++ * internally as needed.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
++ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
++ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
++ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
++ * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and
++ * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All
++ * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using
++ * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will
++ * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size
++ * of the output packet.
++ *
++ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
++ * freed using av_packet_unref().
++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded.
++ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
++ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame
++ * can have any number of samples.
++ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to
++ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last.
++ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size.
++ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
++ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
++ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
++ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
++ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
++ * not be used.
++ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
++ *
++ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
++ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
++
++/**
++ * Encode a frame of video.
++ *
++ * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if
++ * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for
++ * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames
++ * internally as needed.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param avpkt output AVPacket.
++ * The user can supply an output buffer by setting
++ * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the
++ * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not
++ * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields
++ * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If
++ * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it.
++ * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the
++ * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the
++ * caller, he is responsible for freeing it.
++ *
++ * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be
++ * freed using av_packet_unref().
++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded.
++ * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the
++ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set.
++ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the
++ * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is
++ * empty. If the function returns an error, the
++ * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the
++ * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should
++ * not be used.
++ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
++ *
++ * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt,
++ const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
++
++int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
++ const AVSubtitle *sub);
++
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#if FF_API_AVPICTURE
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavc_picture
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr,
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
++ int width, int height,
++ unsigned char *dest, int dest_size);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src,
++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
++ int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions
++ * @ingroup libavc
++ *
++ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding
++ * (or neither).
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats
++ *
++ * Functions for working with pixel formats.
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#if FF_API_GETCHROMA
++/**
++ * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample
++ */
++
++attribute_deprecated
++void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the
++ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be
++ * found.
++ */
++unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss()
++ */
++int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
++ int has_alpha);
++
++/**
++ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel
++ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss
++ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color
++ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from
++ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of
++ * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss.
++ * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the
++ * pix_fmt_list parameter.
++ *
++ *
++ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from
++ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
++ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
++ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur.
++ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found.
++ */
++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list,
++ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
++ int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
++
++/**
++ * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2()
++ */
++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
++ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
++
++attribute_deprecated
++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
++ enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
++
++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#if FF_API_TAG_STRING
++/**
++ * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf.
++ *
++ * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in
++ * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf
++ * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign
++ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if
++ * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null
++ *
++ * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str().
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag);
++#endif
++
++void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode);
++
++/**
++ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
++ *
++ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile
++ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
++ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
++ */
++const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile);
++
++/**
++ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available.
++ *
++ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs
++ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested
++ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise.
++ *
++ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles
++ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this
++ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor
++ */
++const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile);
++
++int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size);
++int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count);
++//FIXME func typedef
++
++/**
++ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers.
++ *
++ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough
++ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data
++ * pointers will point to this buffer.
++ *
++ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for
++ * planar audio.
++ *
++ * @param frame the AVFrame
++ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the
++ * function. This function fills in frame->data,
++ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0].
++ * @param nb_channels channel count
++ * @param sample_fmt sample format
++ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data
++ * @param buf_size size of buffer
++ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default)
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure
++ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in
++ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump
++ */
++int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels,
++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf,
++ int buf_size, int align);
++
++/**
++ * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called
++ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream.
++ *
++ * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0),
++ * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When
++ * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might
++ * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid.
++ */
++void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx);
++
++/**
++ * Return codec bits per sample.
++ *
++ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
++ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
++ */
++int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
++
++/**
++ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format.
++ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big,
++ * -1 (or anything else) for native
++ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE
++ */
++enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be);
++
++/**
++ * Return codec bits per sample.
++ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an
++ * approximation.
++ *
++ * @param[in] codec_id the codec
++ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec.
++ */
++int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
++
++/**
++ * Return audio frame duration.
++ *
++ * @param avctx codec context
++ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown
++ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to
++ * determine.
++ */
++int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes);
++
++/**
++ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works
++ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext.
++ */
++int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes);
++
++#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
++typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext {
++ void *priv_data;
++ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
++ AVCodecParserContext *parser;
++ struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next;
++ /**
++ * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter().
++ * Not for access by library users.
++ */
++ char *args;
++} AVBitStreamFilterContext;
++#endif
++
++typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal;
++
++/**
++ * The bitstream filter state.
++ *
++ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with
++ * av_bsf_free().
++ *
++ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the
++ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered
++ * immutable otherwise.
++ */
++typedef struct AVBSFContext {
++ /**
++ * A class for logging and AVOptions
++ */
++ const AVClass *av_class;
++
++ /**
++ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of.
++ */
++ const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter;
++
++ /**
++ * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any
++ * way.
++ */
++ AVBSFInternal *internal;
++
++ /**
++ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL,
++ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct.
++ */
++ void *priv_data;
++
++ /**
++ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in
++ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before
++ * av_bsf_init().
++ */
++ AVCodecParameters *par_in;
++
++ /**
++ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in
++ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init().
++ */
++ AVCodecParameters *par_out;
++
++ /**
++ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the
++ * caller before av_bsf_init().
++ */
++ AVRational time_base_in;
++
++ /**
++ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the
++ * filter in av_bsf_init().
++ */
++ AVRational time_base_out;
++} AVBSFContext;
++
++typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter {
++ const char *name;
++
++ /**
++ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by
++ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
++ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id.
++ */
++ const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids;
++
++ /**
++ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private
++ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare
++ * any options.
++ *
++ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
++ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic
++ * code to this class.
++ */
++ const AVClass *priv_class;
++
++ /*****************************************************************
++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and
++ * removed at will.
++ * New public fields should be added right above.
++ *****************************************************************
++ */
++
++ int priv_data_size;
++ int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
++ int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
++ void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx);
++} AVBitStreamFilter;
++
++#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
++/**
++ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
++ * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf);
++/**
++ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
++ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init()
++ * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name);
++/**
++ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
++ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the
++ * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext).
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc,
++ AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args,
++ uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size,
++ const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe);
++/**
++ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
++ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
++ * AVBSFContext).
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf);
++/**
++ * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext)
++ * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using
++ * AVBSFContext).
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such
++ * bitstream filter exists.
++ */
++const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters.
++ *
++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must
++ * point to NULL to start the iteration.
++ *
++ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is
++ * finished
++ */
++const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque);
++#if FF_API_NEXT
++attribute_deprecated
++const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the
++ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call
++ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter.
++ *
++ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance.
++ * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context
++ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the
++ * filtering is done.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
++
++/**
++ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
++ * set.
++ */
++int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
++
++/**
++ * Submit a packet for filtering.
++ *
++ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling
++ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
++ * AVERROR_EOF.
++ *
++ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
++ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
++ * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more
++ * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it
++ * may have buffered internally.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
++ */
++int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Retrieve a filtered packet.
++ *
++ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
++ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
++ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.
++ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated
++ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref())
++ * when this function is called. If this function returns
++ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely
++ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not
++ * touched.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the
++ * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there
++ * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if
++ * an error occurs.
++ *
++ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending
++ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called
++ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to
++ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return
++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call.
++ */
++int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
++
++/**
++ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL
++ * into the supplied pointer.
++ */
++void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx);
++
++/**
++ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with
++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
++ *
++ * @see av_opt_find().
++ */
++const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void);
++
++/**
++ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters.
++ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc().
++ */
++typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList;
++
++/**
++ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters.
++ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free()
++ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize().
++ *
++ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure
++ */
++AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void);
++
++/**
++ * Free list of bitstream filters.
++ *
++ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc()
++ */
++void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst);
++
++/**
++ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters.
++ *
++ * @param lst List to append to
++ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended
++ *
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
++ */
++int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf);
++
++/**
++ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options
++ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters.
++ *
++ * @param lst List to append to
++ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter
++ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL
++ *
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
++ */
++int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options);
++/**
++ * Finalize list of bitstream filters.
++ *
++ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext,
++ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter
++ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
++ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst
++ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for
++ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free()
++ *
++ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed
++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
++ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
++ *
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
++ */
++int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf);
++
++/**
++ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single
++ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters.
++ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly
++ * allocated by av_bsf_alloc().
++ *
++ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format
++ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]`
++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure
++ * representing the chain of bitstream filters
++ *
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure
++ */
++int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf);
++
++/**
++ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter.
++ *
++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter
++ *
++ * @return
++ */
++int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf);
++
++/* memory */
++
++/**
++ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional
++ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0.
++ *
++ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes
++ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear.
++ */
++void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
++
++/**
++ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always
++ * be 0-initialized after call.
++ */
++void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
++
++/**
++ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs.
++ *
++ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long
++ * @param v size of extradata in bytes
++ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer.
++ */
++unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v);
++
++#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
++/**
++ * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel.
++ *
++ * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
++
++/**
++ * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator,
++ * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator
++ * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one.
++ *
++ * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so
++ * this function should not be used.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel);
++#endif
++
++#if FF_API_LOCKMGR
++/**
++ * Lock operation used by lockmgr
++ *
++ * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register().
++ */
++enum AVLockOp {
++ AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex
++ AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex
++ AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex
++ AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources
++};
++
++/**
++ * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations
++ * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points
++ * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user
++ * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the
++ * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is
++ * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same
++ * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However,
++ * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to
++ * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds
++ * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a
++ * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks.
++ * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a
++ * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used.
++ *
++ * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls
++ * to this callback and the previously registered callback.
++ * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex
++ * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking
++ * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to
++ * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the
++ * lockmgr will be unregistered.
++ *
++ * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to
++ * build with thread support to get basic thread safety.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op));
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Get the type of the given codec.
++ */
++enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id);
++
++/**
++ * Get the name of a codec.
++ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL
++ */
++const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id);
++
++/**
++ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it
++ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise.
++ */
++int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s);
++
++/**
++ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise
++ */
++int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec);
++
++/**
++ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise
++ */
++int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec);
++
++/**
++ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists.
++ */
++const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id);
++
++/**
++ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec.
++ *
++ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
++ *
++ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
++ */
++const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev);
++
++/**
++ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor
++ * exists.
++ */
++const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default
++ * values.
++ *
++ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written
++ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data.
++ *
++ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
++ */
++AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/avfft.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
++#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavc_fft
++ * FFT functions
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions
++ * @ingroup lavc_misc
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++typedef float FFTSample;
++
++typedef struct FFTComplex {
++ FFTSample re, im;
++} FFTComplex;
++
++typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
++
++/**
++ * Set up a complex FFT.
++ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
++ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
++ */
++FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
++
++/**
++ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
++ */
++void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
++
++/**
++ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
++ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
++ */
++void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
++
++void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
++
++FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
++void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
++void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
++void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
++void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
++
++/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
++
++enum RDFTransformType {
++ DFT_R2C,
++ IDFT_C2R,
++ IDFT_R2C,
++ DFT_C2R,
++};
++
++typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
++
++/**
++ * Set up a real FFT.
++ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
++ * @param trans the type of transform
++ */
++RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
++void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
++void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
++
++/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
++
++typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext;
++
++enum DCTTransformType {
++ DCT_II = 0,
++ DCT_III,
++ DCT_I,
++ DST_I,
++};
++
++/**
++ * Set up DCT.
++ *
++ * @param nbits size of the input array:
++ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I
++ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I
++ * @param type the type of transform
++ *
++ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
++ */
++DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
++void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
++void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
++/*
++ * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player)
++ * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1
++ *
++ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
++#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi
++ * Public libavcodec VA API header.
++ */
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
++#include "version.h"
++
++#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and
++ * the client video application.
++ * This shall be zero-allocated and available as
++ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once
++ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
++ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
++ * decoding functions.
++ *
++ * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
++ */
++struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
++ /**
++ * Window system dependent data
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user
++ */
++ void *display;
++
++ /**
++ * Configuration ID
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user
++ */
++ uint32_t config_id;
++
++ /**
++ * Context ID (video decode pipeline)
++ *
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Set by user
++ */
++ uint32_t context_id;
++};
++
++/* @} */
++
++#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
++
++#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
++/*
++ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for
++ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1.
++ *
++ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
++#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau
++ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header.
++ */
++
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer
++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
++ *
++ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules
++ * - VDPAU decoding
++ * - VDPAU presentation
++ *
++ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg
++ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding.
++ *
++ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding
++ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU
++ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
++
++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
++#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
++
++#include "avcodec.h"
++#include "version.h"
++
++struct AVCodecContext;
++struct AVFrame;
++
++typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
++ const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t,
++ const VdpBitstreamBuffer *);
++
++/**
++ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
++ * the client video application.
++ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
++ * function and make it available as
++ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
++ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
++ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
++ * decoding functions.
++ *
++ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
++ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
++ * AVVDPAUContext.
++ */
++typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
++ /**
++ * VDPAU decoder handle
++ *
++ * Set by user.
++ */
++ VdpDecoder decoder;
++
++ /**
++ * VDPAU decoder render callback
++ *
++ * Set by the user.
++ */
++ VdpDecoderRender *render;
++
++ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
++} AVVDPAUContext;
++
++/**
++ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
++ *
++ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
++ */
++AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
++
++AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
++void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
++
++/**
++ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
++ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback,
++ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change
++ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent
++ * display preemption).
++ *
++ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes
++ * successfully.
++ *
++ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked
++ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration
++ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver
++ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
++ VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags);
++
++/**
++ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec
++ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration.
++ *
++ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a
++ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context().
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
++ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type
++ * (or NULL to ignore)
++ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width
++ * (or NULL to ignore)
++ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height
++ * (or NULL to ignore)
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
++ uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
++ *
++ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
++ */
++AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
++
++#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
++/**
++ * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder.
++ * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback.
++ *
++ * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead.
++ *
++ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream
++ * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success.
++ * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns
++ * an error.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
++#endif
++
++/* @}*/
++
++#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavcodec/version.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H
++#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup libavc
++ * Libavcodec version macros.
++ */
++
++#include "libavutil/version.h"
++
++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58
++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 18
++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
++
++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \
++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO)
++#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT
++
++#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION)
++
++/**
++ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
++ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
++ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
++ *
++ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
++ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
++ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
++ */
++
++#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
++#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
++#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
++#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
++#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
++#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE
++#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION
++#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE
++#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
++#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
++#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
++#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
++#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
++#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
++#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
++#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
++#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
++#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
++#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
++#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
++#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
++#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
++#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
++#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
++#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
++#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
++#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
++#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
++#endif
++
++
++#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/attributes.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
++#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
++
++#ifdef __GNUC__
++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
++#else
++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0
++#endif
++
++#ifndef av_always_inline
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
++# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
++#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
++# define av_always_inline __forceinline
++#else
++# define av_always_inline inline
++#endif
++#endif
++
++#ifndef av_extern_inline
++#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
++# define av_extern_inline extern inline
++#else
++# define av_extern_inline inline
++#endif
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
++# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
++#else
++# define av_warn_unused_result
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
++# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
++#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
++# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
++#else
++# define av_noinline
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
++#else
++# define av_pure
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_const __attribute__((const))
++#else
++# define av_const
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
++#else
++# define av_cold
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
++# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
++#else
++# define av_flatten
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
++# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
++#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
++# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
++#else
++# define attribute_deprecated
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
++ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
++ * scheduled for removal.
++ */
++#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6)
++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
++ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
++ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
++ code \
++ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
++#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
++ __pragma(warning(push)) \
++ __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
++ code; \
++ __pragma(warning(pop))
++#else
++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
++#endif
++#endif
++
++#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
++#else
++# define av_unused
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
++ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
++ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
++ */
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_used __attribute__((used))
++#else
++# define av_used
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
++#else
++# define av_alias
++#endif
++
++#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
++# define av_uninit(x) x=x
++#else
++# define av_uninit(x) x
++#endif
++
++#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
++# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
++#else
++# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
++# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
++#endif
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
++# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
++#else
++# define av_noreturn
++#endif
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
++/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
++#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
++#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
++#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
++#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
++#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/avutil.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
++#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu
++ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @mainpage
++ *
++ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
++ *
++ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
++ * provided by FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
++ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
++ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
++ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
++ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
++ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
++ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library
++ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
++ *
++ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
++ *
++ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
++ * major, minor and micro version number with the
++ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
++ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
++ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
++ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
++ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
++ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
++ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
++ * unspecified situation.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
++ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
++ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
++ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
++ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
++ * not change.
++ *
++ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
++ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
++ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
++ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
++ * links against.
++ *
++ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
++ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
++ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
++ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
++ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
++ * version number.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
++ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
++ *
++ * @note
++ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
++ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
++ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
++ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
++ * brings in most of the "core" components.
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
++ *
++ * @{
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @}
++ */
++
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
++ */
++unsigned avutil_version(void);
++
++/**
++ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
++ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
++ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
++ */
++const char *av_version_info(void);
++
++/**
++ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
++ */
++const char *avutil_configuration(void);
++
++/**
++ * Return the libavutil license.
++ */
++const char *avutil_license(void);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
++ * @brief Media Type
++ */
++
++enum AVMediaType {
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
++};
++
++/**
++ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
++ * is unknown.
++ */
++const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
++ *
++ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
++#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
++#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
++#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
++
++#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
++ *
++ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
++ *
++ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
++ * either pts or dts.
++ */
++
++#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
++
++/**
++ * Internal time base represented as integer
++ */
++
++#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000
++
++/**
++ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
++ */
++
++#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
++ *
++ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++enum AVPictureType {
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
++};
++
++/**
++ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
++ * pict_type.
++ *
++ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
++ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
++ */
++char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#include "common.h"
++#include "error.h"
++#include "rational.h"
++#include "version.h"
++#include "macros.h"
++#include "mathematics.h"
++#include "log.h"
++#include "pixfmt.h"
++
++/**
++ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
++ */
++static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
++{
++ return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Compute the length of an integer list.
++ *
++ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
++ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
++ * @param list pointer to the list
++ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
++ */
++unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
++ const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
++
++/**
++ * Compute the length of an integer list.
++ *
++ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
++ * @param list pointer to the list
++ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
++ */
++#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
++ av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
++
++/**
++ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
++ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
++ * errno.
++ */
++FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
++
++/**
++ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
++ */
++AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
++
++#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
++
++#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
++
++/**
++ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
++ * code) representation.
++ *
++ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
++ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
++ * @return the buffer in input
++ */
++char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/buffer.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
++ * refcounted data buffer API
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
++#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
++ * @ingroup lavu_data
++ *
++ * @{
++ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
++ *
++ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
++ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
++ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
++ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
++ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
++ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
++ * caller directly.
++ *
++ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
++ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
++ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
++ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
++ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
++ * data once all the references are freed).
++ *
++ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
++ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
++ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
++ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
++ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
++ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
++ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
++ * control.
++ *
++ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
++ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
++ * additional locking.
++ *
++ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
++ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
++ */
++
++/**
++ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
++ * references (AVBufferRef).
++ */
++typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
++
++/**
++ * A reference to a data buffer.
++ *
++ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
++ * to be allocated directly.
++ */
++typedef struct AVBufferRef {
++ AVBuffer *buffer;
++
++ /**
++ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
++ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
++ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
++ */
++ uint8_t *data;
++ /**
++ * Size of data in bytes.
++ */
++ int size;
++} AVBufferRef;
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
++ *
++ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size);
++
++/**
++ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
++ * to zero.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size);
++
++/**
++ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
++ * reference.
++ */
++#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
++
++/**
++ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
++ *
++ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
++ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
++ * it.
++ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
++ * @param data data array
++ * @param size size of data in bytes
++ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data
++ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
++ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
++ *
++ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size,
++ void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
++ void *opaque, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
++ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
++ * directly.
++ */
++void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
++
++/**
++ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
++ *
++ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
++ * failure.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf);
++
++/**
++ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
++ * references to it.
++ *
++ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
++ */
++void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
++
++/**
++ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
++ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
++ * Return 0 otherwise.
++ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
++ */
++int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
++
++/**
++ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
++ */
++void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
++
++int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
++
++/**
++ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
++ * if possible.
++ *
++ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
++ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
++ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
++ */
++int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
++
++/**
++ * Reallocate a given buffer.
++ *
++ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
++ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
++ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
++ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
++ * @param size required new buffer size.
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
++ *
++ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
++ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
++ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
++ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
++ */
++int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
++ * @ingroup lavu_data
++ *
++ * @{
++ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
++ *
++ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
++ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
++ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
++ * frames).
++ *
++ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
++ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
++ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
++ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
++ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
++ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
++ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
++ *
++ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
++ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
++ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
++ *
++ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
++ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
++ * thread-safe.
++ */
++
++/**
++ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
++ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
++ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
++ */
++typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
++
++/**
++ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
++ *
++ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
++ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
++ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
++ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
++ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
++ */
++AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
++
++/**
++ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
++ *
++ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
++ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
++ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
++ * pool is empty.
++ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
++ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
++ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
++ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
++ * data.
++ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
++ */
++AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
++ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
++ void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
++
++/**
++ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
++ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
++ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
++ * in use.
++ *
++ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
++ */
++void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
++ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
++ *
++ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
++#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * audio channel layout utility functions
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
++ *
++ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
++ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
++ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
++ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
++ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
++ * dual-mono.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001
++#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002
++#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004
++#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008
++#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010
++#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020
++#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040
++#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080
++#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100
++#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200
++#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400
++#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800
++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000
++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000
++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000
++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000
++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000
++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000
++#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix.
++#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT.
++#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL
++#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL
++#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL
++#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL
++#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL
++
++/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
++ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
++ to be the native codec channel order. */
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
++ * @{
++ * */
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
++
++enum AVMatrixEncoding {
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
++};
++
++/**
++ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
++ *
++ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
++ * separated by '+' or '|':
++ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
++ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
++ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
++ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
++ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
++ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
++ * av_get_default_channel_layout);
++ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
++ * AV_CH_* macros).
++ *
++ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
++ */
++uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
++ *
++ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
++ * unknown channel layout specifications.
++ *
++ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string
++ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
++ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
++ */
++int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
++
++/**
++ * Return a description of a channel layout.
++ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
++ *
++ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
++ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
++ */
++void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
++
++struct AVBPrint;
++/**
++ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
++ */
++void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
++
++/**
++ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
++ */
++int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
++
++/**
++ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
++ */
++int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
++
++/**
++ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
++ *
++ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
++ * present in channel_layout.
++ *
++ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
++ * on error.
++ */
++int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
++ uint64_t channel);
++
++/**
++ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
++ */
++uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
++
++/**
++ * Get the name of a given channel.
++ *
++ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
++ */
++const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
++
++/**
++ * Get the description of a given channel.
++ *
++ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
++ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error
++ */
++const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
++
++/**
++ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
++ *
++ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
++ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask
++ * @param[out] name name of the layout
++ * @return 0 if the layout exists,
++ * <0 if index is beyond the limits
++ */
++int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
++ const char **name);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/common.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,560 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * common internal and external API header
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
++#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
++
++#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
++#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
++#endif
++
++#include <errno.h>
++#include <inttypes.h>
++#include <limits.h>
++#include <math.h>
++#include <stdint.h>
++#include <stdio.h>
++#include <stdlib.h>
++#include <string.h>
++
++#include "attributes.h"
++#include "macros.h"
++#include "version.h"
++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
++
++#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
++# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
++#else
++# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
++#endif
++
++//rounded division & shift
++#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
++/* assume b>0 */
++#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
++/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
++#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
++ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
++/* Backwards compat. */
++#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
++
++#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
++#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
++
++/**
++ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
++ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
++ * as with *abs()
++ * @see FFNABS()
++ */
++#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
++#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
++
++/**
++ * Negative Absolute value.
++ * this works for all integers of all types.
++ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
++ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
++ */
++#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
++
++/**
++ * Comparator.
++ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
++ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
++ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
++ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
++ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
++ * must not have a side-effect.
++ */
++#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
++
++#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
++#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
++#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
++#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
++
++#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
++#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
++
++/* misc math functions */
++
++#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
++# include "config.h"
++# include "intmath.h"
++#endif
++
++/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
++#include "common.h"
++
++#ifndef av_log2
++av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
++#endif
++
++#ifndef av_log2_16bit
++av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
++{
++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
++ if (amin > amax) abort();
++#endif
++ if (a < amin) return amin;
++ else if (a > amax) return amax;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
++{
++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
++ if (amin > amax) abort();
++#endif
++ if (a < amin) return amin;
++ else if (a > amax) return amax;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
++{
++ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
++{
++ if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
++{
++ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
++{
++ if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
++{
++ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
++ else return (int32_t)a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param p bit position to clip at
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
++{
++ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
++ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
++ else
++ return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param p bit position to clip at
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
++{
++ if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param p bit position to clip at
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
++{
++ return a & ((1 << p) - 1);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
++ *
++ * @param a one value
++ * @param b another value
++ * @return sum with signed saturation
++ */
++static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
++{
++ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
++ *
++ * @param a first value
++ * @param b value doubled and added to a
++ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
++ */
++static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
++{
++ return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
++}
++
++/**
++ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
++ *
++ * @param a one value
++ * @param b another value
++ * @return difference with signed saturation
++ */
++static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
++{
++ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
++ *
++ * @param a first value
++ * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
++ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
++ */
++static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
++{
++ return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
++{
++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
++ if (amin > amax) abort();
++#endif
++ if (a < amin) return amin;
++ else if (a > amax) return amax;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
++ * @param a value to clip
++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
++ * @return clipped value
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
++{
++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
++ if (amin > amax) abort();
++#endif
++ if (a < amin) return amin;
++ else if (a > amax) return amax;
++ else return a;
++}
++
++/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
++ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
++ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
++{
++ return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
++}
++
++/**
++ * Count number of bits set to one in x
++ * @param x value to count bits of
++ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
++{
++ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
++ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
++ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
++ x += x >> 8;
++ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Count number of bits set to one in x
++ * @param x value to count bits of
++ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
++ */
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
++{
++ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
++}
++
++static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
++{
++ return av_popcount(v) & 1;
++}
++
++#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
++#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
++
++/**
++ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
++ *
++ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
++ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
++ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
++ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
++ * input, this could be *ptr++.
++ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
++ * typically a goto statement.
++ *
++ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
++ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
++ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
++ * to prevent undefined results.
++ */
++#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
++ val= (GET_BYTE);\
++ {\
++ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
++ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
++ ERROR\
++ while (val & top) {\
++ int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
++ if(tmp>>6)\
++ ERROR\
++ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
++ top <<= 5;\
++ }\
++ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
++ }
++
++/**
++ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
++ *
++ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
++ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
++ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
++ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
++ * typically a goto statement.
++ */
++#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
++ val = GET_16BIT;\
++ {\
++ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
++ if (hi < 0x800) {\
++ val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
++ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
++ ERROR\
++ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
++ }\
++ }\
++
++/**
++ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
++ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
++ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
++ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
++ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
++ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
++ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
++ * output by PUT_BYTE.
++ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
++ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
++ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
++ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
++ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
++ * Unicode character.
++ */
++#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
++ {\
++ int bytes, shift;\
++ uint32_t in = val;\
++ if (in < 0x80) {\
++ tmp = in;\
++ PUT_BYTE\
++ } else {\
++ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
++ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
++ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
++ PUT_BYTE\
++ while (shift >= 6) {\
++ shift -= 6;\
++ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
++ PUT_BYTE\
++ }\
++ }\
++ }
++
++/**
++ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
++ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
++ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
++ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
++ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
++ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
++ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
++ * output by PUT_16BIT.
++ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
++ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
++ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
++ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
++ */
++#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
++ {\
++ uint32_t in = val;\
++ if (in < 0x10000) {\
++ tmp = in;\
++ PUT_16BIT\
++ } else {\
++ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
++ PUT_16BIT\
++ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
++ PUT_16BIT\
++ }\
++ }\
++
++
++
++#include "mem.h"
++
++#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
++# include "internal.h"
++#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
++
++/*
++ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
++ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
++ */
++
++#ifndef av_ceil_log2
++# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip
++# define av_clip av_clip_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip64
++# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_uint8
++# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_int8
++# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_uint16
++# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_int16
++# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clipl_int32
++# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_intp2
++# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
++# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
++# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_sat_add32
++# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
++# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_sat_sub32
++# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
++# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clipf
++# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_clipd
++# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_popcount
++# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_popcount64
++# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
++#endif
++#ifndef av_parity
++# define av_parity av_parity_c
++#endif
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/cpu.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
++#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
++
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++#include "attributes.h"
++
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
++
++ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
++ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
++ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
++
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
++
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
++
++/**
++ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
++ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
++ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
++ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
++ */
++int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
++
++/**
++ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
++ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
++ */
++void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
++ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
++ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
++ */
++attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
++
++/**
++ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
++ *
++ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
++ *
++ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
++ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
++ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
++
++/**
++ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
++ *
++ * @return negative on error.
++ */
++int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
++
++/**
++ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
++ */
++int av_cpu_count(void);
++
++/**
++ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
++ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
++ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
++ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
++ * present.
++ */
++size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/dict.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * Public dictionary API.
++ * @deprecated
++ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
++ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
++ * extremely slow with large dictionaries.
++ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
++ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
++#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++#include "version.h"
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
++ * @ingroup lavu_data
++ *
++ * @brief Simple key:value store
++ *
++ * @{
++ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
++ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
++ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
++ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
++ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
++ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
++ * and all its contents.
++ *
++ @code
++ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
++ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
++
++ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
++
++ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
++ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
++ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
++
++ while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
++ <....> // iterate over all entries in d
++ }
++ av_dict_free(&d);
++ @endcode
++ */
++
++#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
++#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
++ ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
++#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
++ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
++#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
++ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
++#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
++#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
++ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
++#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
++
++typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
++ char *key;
++ char *value;
++} AVDictionaryEntry;
++
++typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
++
++/**
++ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
++ *
++ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
++ * cause undefined behavior.
++ *
++ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
++ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
++ *
++ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
++ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
++ * @param key matching key
++ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
++ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
++ */
++AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
++ const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
++ *
++ * @param m dictionary
++ * @return number of entries in dictionary
++ */
++int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
++
++/**
++ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
++ *
++ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
++ * these arguments will be freed on error.
++ *
++ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
++ * previously returned with av_dict_get.
++ *
++ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
++ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
++ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
++ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
++ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
++ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
++ */
++int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
++ * and stores it.
++ *
++ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
++ */
++int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
++ *
++ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
++ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
++ *
++ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
++ * key from value
++ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
++ * two pairs from each other
++ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
++ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
++ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
++ * be duplicated.
++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
++ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
++ int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
++ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
++ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
++ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
++ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
++ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
++ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
++ */
++int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
++ * and all keys and values.
++ */
++void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
++
++/**
++ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
++ *
++ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
++ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
++ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
++ *
++ * @param[in] m dictionary
++ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
++ * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
++ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
++ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
++ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
++ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
++ */
++int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
++ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/error.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * error code definitions
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
++#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
++
++#include <errno.h>
++#include <stddef.h>
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_error
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++
++/* error handling */
++#if EDOM > 0
++#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
++#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
++#else
++/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
++#define AVERROR(e) (e)
++#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
++#endif
++
++#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
++
++#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
++#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
++#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
++#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
++#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
++#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
++#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
++#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
++#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
++#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
++#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
++#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
++#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
++#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
++#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
++
++#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
++/**
++ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
++ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
++ */
++#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
++#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
++#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
++#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
++#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
++/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
++#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
++
++#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
++
++/**
++ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
++ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
++ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
++ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
++ *
++ * @param errnum error code to describe
++ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
++ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
++ * cannot be found
++ */
++int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
++
++/**
++ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
++ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
++ *
++ * @param errbuf a buffer
++ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
++ * @param errnum error code to describe
++ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
++ * @see av_strerror()
++ */
++static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
++{
++ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
++ return errbuf;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
++ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
++ */
++#define av_err2str(errnum) \
++ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/frame.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu_frame
++ * reference-counted frame API
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
++#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
++
++#include <stddef.h>
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++#include "avutil.h"
++#include "buffer.h"
++#include "dict.h"
++#include "rational.h"
++#include "samplefmt.h"
++#include "pixfmt.h"
++#include "version.h"
++
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
++ * @ingroup lavu_data
++ *
++ * @{
++ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
++ */
++
++enum AVFrameSideDataType {
++ /**
++ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
++ /**
++ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
++ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
++ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
++ /**
++ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
++ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
++ /**
++ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
++ /**
++ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
++ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
++ /**
++ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
++ /**
++ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
++ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
++ * presentation.
++ *
++ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
++ /**
++ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
++ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
++ /**
++ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
++ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
++ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
++ * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
++ /**
++ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
++ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
++ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
++ * @code
++ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
++ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
++ * u8 reason for start skip
++ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
++ /**
++ * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
++ * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
++ /**
++ * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
++ * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
++ * mastering display color volume.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
++ /**
++ * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
++ * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
++
++ /**
++ * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
++ * libavutil/spherical.h.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
++
++ /**
++ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
++ * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
++
++ /**
++ * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
++ * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
++ * metadata key entry "name".
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
++
++#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
++ /**
++ * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
++ * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
++ * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
++ * meaningful way instead.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
++
++ /**
++ * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
++ * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
++ * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
++#endif
++};
++
++enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
++ AV_AFD_SAME = 8,
++ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9,
++ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10,
++ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11,
++ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13,
++ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
++ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15,
++};
++
++
++/**
++ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
++ *
++ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
++ * to the end with a minor bump.
++ */
++typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
++ uint8_t *data;
++ int size;
++ AVDictionary *metadata;
++ AVBufferRef *buf;
++} AVFrameSideData;
++
++/**
++ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
++ *
++ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
++ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
++ * through other means (see below).
++ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
++ *
++ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
++ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
++ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
++ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
++ * is reused again.
++ *
++ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
++ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
++ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
++ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
++ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
++ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
++ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
++ * each plane, or anything in between.
++ *
++ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
++ * to the end with a minor bump.
++ *
++ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
++ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
++ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
++ */
++typedef struct AVFrame {
++#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
++ /**
++ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
++ * This might be different from the first allocated byte
++ *
++ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
++ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
++ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
++ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
++ *
++ * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
++ * MUST be set to NULL.
++ */
++ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
++
++ /**
++ * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
++ * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
++ *
++ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
++ * plane must be the same size.
++ *
++ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
++ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
++ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
++ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
++ *
++ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
++ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
++ */
++ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
++
++ /**
++ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
++ *
++ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
++ *
++ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
++ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
++ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
++ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
++ *
++ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
++ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
++ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
++ */
++ uint8_t **extended_data;
++
++ /**
++ * @name Video dimensions
++ * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
++ * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
++ *
++ * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
++ * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
++ * @{
++ */
++ int width, height;
++ /**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++ /**
++ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
++ */
++ int nb_samples;
++
++ /**
++ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
++ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
++ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
++ */
++ int format;
++
++ /**
++ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
++ */
++ int key_frame;
++
++ /**
++ * Picture type of the frame.
++ */
++ enum AVPictureType pict_type;
++
++ /**
++ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
++ */
++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
++
++ /**
++ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
++ */
++ int64_t pts;
++
++#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
++ /**
++ * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
++ * @deprecated use the pts field instead
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int64_t pkt_pts;
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
++ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
++ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
++ */
++ int64_t pkt_dts;
++
++ /**
++ * picture number in bitstream order
++ */
++ int coded_picture_number;
++ /**
++ * picture number in display order
++ */
++ int display_picture_number;
++
++ /**
++ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
++ */
++ int quality;
++
++ /**
++ * for some private data of the user
++ */
++ void *opaque;
++
++#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
++ /**
++ * @deprecated unused
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
++#endif
++
++ /**
++ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
++ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
++ */
++ int repeat_pict;
++
++ /**
++ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
++ */
++ int interlaced_frame;
++
++ /**
++ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
++ */
++ int top_field_first;
++
++ /**
++ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
++ */
++ int palette_has_changed;
++
++ /**
++ * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
++ * PTS but can be anything).
++ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
++ * that time,
++ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
++ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
++ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
++ */
++ int64_t reordered_opaque;
++
++ /**
++ * Sample rate of the audio data.
++ */
++ int sample_rate;
++
++ /**
++ * Channel layout of the audio data.
++ */
++ uint64_t channel_layout;
++
++ /**
++ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
++ * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array
++ * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must
++ * also be non-NULL for all j < i.
++ *
++ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
++ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
++ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
++ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
++ * extended_buf array.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
++
++ /**
++ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
++ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
++ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
++ *
++ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
++ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
++ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
++ *
++ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
++ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
++ */
++ AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
++ /**
++ * Number of elements in extended_buf.
++ */
++ int nb_extended_buf;
++
++ AVFrameSideData **side_data;
++ int nb_side_data;
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
++ * @ingroup lavu_frame
++ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
++ */
++#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
++/**
++ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
++ */
++#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++ /**
++ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
++ */
++ int flags;
++
++ /**
++ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorRange color_range;
++
++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
++
++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
++
++ /**
++ * YUV colorspace type.
++ * - encoding: Set by user
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
++ */
++ enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
++
++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
++
++ /**
++ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
++ */
++ int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
++
++ /**
++ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Read by user.
++ */
++ int64_t pkt_pos;
++
++ /**
++ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
++ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Read by user.
++ */
++ int64_t pkt_duration;
++
++ /**
++ * metadata.
++ * - encoding: Set by user.
++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
++ */
++ AVDictionary *metadata;
++
++ /**
++ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
++ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
++ * were errors during the decoding.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
++ */
++ int decode_error_flags;
++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
++
++ /**
++ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: Read by user.
++ */
++ int channels;
++
++ /**
++ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
++ * frame.
++ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
++ * - encoding: unused
++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
++ */
++ int pkt_size;
++
++#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
++ /**
++ * QP table
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int8_t *qscale_table;
++ /**
++ * QP store stride
++ */
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int qstride;
++
++ attribute_deprecated
++ int qscale_type;
++
++ attribute_deprecated
++ AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
++#endif
++ /**
++ * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
++ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
++
++ /**
++ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
++ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
++ * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
++ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
++ *
++ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
++ * purpose.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
++
++ /**
++ * @anchor cropping
++ * @name Cropping
++ * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
++ * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
++ * the frame intended for presentation.
++ * @{
++ */
++ size_t crop_top;
++ size_t crop_bottom;
++ size_t crop_left;
++ size_t crop_right;
++ /**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++ /**
++ * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
++ * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
++ * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
++ *
++ * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
++ * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
++ * for the target frame's private_ref field.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *private_ref;
++} AVFrame;
++
++#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
++/**
++ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
++ * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
++ */
++attribute_deprecated
++int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
++attribute_deprecated
++AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
++#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
++attribute_deprecated
++int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
++attribute_deprecated
++int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
++#endif
++attribute_deprecated
++enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
++attribute_deprecated
++enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
++attribute_deprecated
++void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * Get the name of a colorspace.
++ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
++ */
++const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
++ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
++ *
++ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
++ *
++ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
++ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
++ * manually.
++ */
++AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
++
++/**
++ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
++ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
++ * unreferenced first.
++ *
++ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
++ */
++void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
++
++/**
++ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
++ *
++ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
++ * AVBufferRef from src.
++ *
++ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
++ * copied.
++ *
++ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
++ * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
++ * function, or undefined behavior will occur.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
++ */
++int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
++
++/**
++ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
++ *
++ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
++ *
++ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
++ */
++AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
++
++/**
++ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
++ */
++void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
++
++/**
++ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
++ *
++ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
++ * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
++ * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
++ */
++void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
++ *
++ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
++ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
++ * - width and height for video
++ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
++ *
++ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
++ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
++ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
++ *
++ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
++ * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
++ * cases.
++ *
++ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
++ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
++ * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
++ * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
++ */
++int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
++
++/**
++ * Check if the frame data is writable.
++ *
++ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
++ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
++ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
++ *
++ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
++ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
++ *
++ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
++ */
++int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
++
++/**
++ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
++ *
++ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
++ * if it is not.
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
++ *
++ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
++ * av_buffer_make_writable()
++ */
++int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
++
++/**
++ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
++ *
++ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
++ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
++ *
++ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
++ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
++ *
++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
++ */
++int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
++
++/**
++ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
++ *
++ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
++ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
++ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
++ * Side data is also copied.
++ */
++int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
++
++/**
++ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
++ *
++ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
++ *
++ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
++ * frame is not valid.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
++
++/**
++ * Add a new side data to a frame.
++ *
++ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
++ * @param type type of the added side data
++ * @param size size of the side data
++ *
++ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
++ */
++AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
++ int size);
++
++/**
++ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
++ *
++ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
++ * @param type the type of the added side data
++ * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
++ * the reference is transferred to the frame.
++ *
++ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
++ * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
++ * the caller.
++ */
++AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
++ AVBufferRef *buf);
++
++/**
++ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
++ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
++ */
++AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
++
++/**
++ * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it
++ * from the frame.
++ */
++void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
++
++
++/**
++ * Flags for frame cropping.
++ */
++enum {
++ /**
++ * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
++ * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
++ * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
++ * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
++ * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
++ * absolutely know what you are doing.
++ */
++ AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
++};
++
++/**
++ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
++ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
++ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
++ *
++ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
++ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
++ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
++ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
++ *
++ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
++ *
++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
++ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
++ */
++int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * @return a string identifying the side data type
++ */
++const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
++#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
++
++#include "buffer.h"
++#include "frame.h"
++#include "log.h"
++#include "pixfmt.h"
++
++enum AVHWDeviceType {
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
++};
++
++typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
++
++/**
++ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
++ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
++ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
++ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
++ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
++ * derived.
++ *
++ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
++ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
++ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
++ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
++ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
++ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
++ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
++ * state.
++ */
++typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
++ /**
++ * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
++ */
++ const AVClass *av_class;
++
++ /**
++ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
++ * way by the caller.
++ */
++ AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
++
++ /**
++ * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
++ *
++ * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
++ * afterwards.
++ */
++ enum AVHWDeviceType type;
++
++ /**
++ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
++ * this context.
++ *
++ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
++ * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
++ * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
++ * by the caller.
++ */
++ void *hwctx;
++
++ /**
++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
++ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
++ *
++ * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
++ * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
++ * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
++ */
++ void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
++ */
++ void *user_opaque;
++} AVHWDeviceContext;
++
++typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
++
++/**
++ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
++ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
++ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
++ *
++ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
++ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
++ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
++ * struct.
++ */
++typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
++ /**
++ * A class for logging.
++ */
++ const AVClass *av_class;
++
++ /**
++ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
++ * way by the caller.
++ */
++ AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
++
++ /**
++ * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
++ * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
++ * additional references from it.
++ */
++ AVBufferRef *device_ref;
++
++ /**
++ * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
++ * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
++ *
++ * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ */
++ AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
++
++ /**
++ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
++ * this context.
++ *
++ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
++ * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
++ * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
++ * struct should not be modified by the caller.
++ */
++ void *hwctx;
++
++ /**
++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
++ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
++ */
++ void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
++ */
++ void *user_opaque;
++
++ /**
++ * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
++ * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
++ * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
++ * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
++ *
++ * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
++ * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
++ * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
++ * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
++ */
++ AVBufferPool *pool;
++
++ /**
++ * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
++ * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
++ *
++ * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
++ * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
++ */
++ int initial_pool_size;
++
++ /**
++ * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
++ *
++ * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
++ * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
++ *
++ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat format;
++
++ /**
++ * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
++ * frames.
++ *
++ * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
++ * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
++ * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
++ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
++
++ /**
++ * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
++ *
++ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
++ */
++ int width, height;
++} AVHWFramesContext;
++
++/**
++ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
++ *
++ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
++ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
++ * not found.
++ */
++enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
++
++/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
++ *
++ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
++ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
++ * is not valid.
++ */
++const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
++
++/**
++ * Iterate over supported device types.
++ *
++ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
++ * returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
++ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
++ * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
++ */
++enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
++ *
++ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
++ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
++ * on failure.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
++
++/**
++ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
++ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
++ * used in any way.
++ *
++ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
++
++/**
++ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
++ *
++ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
++ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
++ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
++ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
++ *
++ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
++ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
++ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
++ * touched by the caller.
++ *
++ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
++ * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
++ * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
++ * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
++ * @param type The type of the device to create.
++ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
++ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
++ * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
++ * @param flags currently unused
++ *
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
++ const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
++ *
++ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
++ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
++ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
++ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
++ *
++ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
++ * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
++ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
++ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
++ *
++ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
++ * AVHWDeviceContext.
++ * @param type The type of the new device to create.
++ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
++ * used to create the new device.
++ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
++ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
++ enum AVHWDeviceType type,
++ AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
++
++
++/**
++ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
++ *
++ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
++ * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
++ * function remains owned by the caller.
++ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
++ * on failure.
++ */
++AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
++
++/**
++ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
++ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
++ * to any frames.
++ *
++ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
++ *
++ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
++ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
++ * newly allocated buffers.
++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
++ */
++int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
++
++/**
++ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
++ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
++ *
++ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
++ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
++ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
++ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
++ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
++ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
++ *
++ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
++ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
++ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
++ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
++ *
++ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
++ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
++ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
++ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
++ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
++ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
++ * destination frame is unspecified.
++ *
++ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
++ * @param src the source frame.
++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
++
++enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
++ /**
++ * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
++
++ /**
++ * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
++};
++
++/**
++ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
++ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
++ *
++ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
++ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
++ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
++ * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
++ * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
++ * If this function returns successfully, the format list will
++ * have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
++ * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
++ enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
++ enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
++
++
++/**
++ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
++ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
++ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
++ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
++ */
++typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
++ /**
++ * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
++ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
++
++ /**
++ * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
++ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
++ * not known.
++ */
++ enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
++
++ /**
++ * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
++ * (Zero if not known.)
++ */
++ int min_width;
++ int min_height;
++
++ /**
++ * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
++ * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
++ */
++ int max_width;
++ int max_height;
++} AVHWFramesConstraints;
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
++ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
++ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
++ * av_free().
++ *
++ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
++ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
++ * success or NULL on failure.
++ */
++void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
++
++/**
++ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
++ * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
++ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
++ * of the device.
++ *
++ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
++ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
++ * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
++ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
++ * on the device, or NULL if not available.
++ */
++AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
++ const void *hwconfig);
++
++/**
++ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
++ *
++ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
++ */
++void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
++
++
++/**
++ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
++ */
++enum {
++ /**
++ * The mapping must be readable.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
++ /**
++ * The mapping must be writeable.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
++ /**
++ * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
++ * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
++ * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
++ /**
++ * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
++ * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
++ * be much lower than normal memory.
++ */
++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
++};
++
++/**
++ * Map a hardware frame.
++ *
++ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
++ * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
++ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
++ * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
++ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
++ *
++ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
++ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
++ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
++ *
++ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
++ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
++ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
++ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
++ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
++ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
++ *
++ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
++ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
++ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
++ * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
++ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
++ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
++ *
++ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
++ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
++ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
++ *
++ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
++ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
++ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
++
++
++/**
++ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
++ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
++ *
++ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
++ *
++ * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
++ * AVHWFramesContext.
++ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
++ * AVHWFramesContext on.
++ * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
++ * which will be mapped to the derived context.
++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
++ * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
++ * in the derived device.
++ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
++ */
++int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
++ enum AVPixelFormat format,
++ AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
++ AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
++ int flags);
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
++/*
++ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
++#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++#include "attributes.h"
++
++union av_intfloat32 {
++ uint32_t i;
++ float f;
++};
++
++union av_intfloat64 {
++ uint64_t i;
++ double f;
++};
++
++/**
++ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
++ */
++static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
++{
++ union av_intfloat32 v;
++ v.i = i;
++ return v.f;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
++ */
++static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
++{
++ union av_intfloat32 v;
++ v.f = f;
++ return v.i;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
++ */
++static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
++{
++ union av_intfloat64 v;
++ v.i = i;
++ return v.f;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
++ */
++static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
++{
++ union av_intfloat64 v;
++ v.f = f;
++ return v.i;
++}
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/log.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
++#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
++
++#include <stdarg.h>
++#include "avutil.h"
++#include "attributes.h"
++#include "version.h"
++
++typedef enum {
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
++}AVClassCategory;
++
++#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
++ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
++
++#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
++ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
++
++struct AVOptionRanges;
++
++/**
++ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
++ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
++ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
++ */
++typedef struct AVClass {
++ /**
++ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
++ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
++ */
++ const char* class_name;
++
++ /**
++ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
++ * instance ctx associated with the class.
++ */
++ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
++
++ /**
++ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
++ *
++ * @see av_set_default_options()
++ */
++ const struct AVOption *option;
++
++ /**
++ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
++ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
++ * version bumps everywhere.
++ */
++
++ int version;
++
++ /**
++ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
++ * 0 means there is no such variable
++ */
++ int log_level_offset_offset;
++
++ /**
++ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
++ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
++ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
++ * could then leverage to display the parent context.
++ * The offset can be NULL.
++ */
++ int parent_log_context_offset;
++
++ /**
++ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
++ */
++ void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
++
++ /**
++ * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
++ * AVOptions-enabled child.
++ *
++ * The difference between child_next and this is that
++ * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
++ * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
++ */
++ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
++
++ /**
++ * Category used for visualization (like color)
++ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
++ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
++ */
++ AVClassCategory category;
++
++ /**
++ * Callback to return the category.
++ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
++ */
++ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
++
++ /**
++ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
++ * available since version (52.12)
++ */
++ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
++} AVClass;
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_log
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Print no output.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
++
++/**
++ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
++
++/**
++ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
++ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
++ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
++
++/**
++ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
++ * However, not all future data is affected.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
++
++/**
++ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
++ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
++
++/**
++ * Standard information.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
++
++/**
++ * Detailed information.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
++
++/**
++ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
++
++/**
++ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56
++
++#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
++ * @code
++ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
++ @endcode
++ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
++ * recommended.
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
++
++/**
++ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
++ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
++ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
++ * function.
++ * @see av_log_set_callback
++ *
++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
++ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
++ */
++void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
++
++
++/**
++ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
++ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
++ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
++ * function.
++ * @see av_log_set_callback
++ *
++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
++ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
++ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
++ */
++void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
++
++/**
++ * Get the current log level
++ *
++ * @see lavu_log_constants
++ *
++ * @return Current log level
++ */
++int av_log_get_level(void);
++
++/**
++ * Set the log level
++ *
++ * @see lavu_log_constants
++ *
++ * @param level Logging level
++ */
++void av_log_set_level(int level);
++
++/**
++ * Set the logging callback
++ *
++ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
++ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
++ *
++ * @see av_log_default_callback
++ *
++ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
++ */
++void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
++
++/**
++ * Default logging callback
++ *
++ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
++ *
++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
++ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
++ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
++ */
++void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
++ va_list vl);
++
++/**
++ * Return the context name
++ *
++ * @param ctx The AVClass context
++ *
++ * @return The AVClass class_name
++ */
++const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
++AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
++
++/**
++ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
++ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line
++ * @param line_size size of the buffer
++ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
++ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
++ */
++void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
++ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
++
++/**
++ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
++ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
++ * may be NULL if line_size is 0
++ * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
++ * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
++ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
++ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
++ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
++ * the number of characters that would have been written for a
++ * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
++ * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
++ * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
++ */
++int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
++ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
++
++/**
++ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
++ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
++ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
++ * bad luck.
++ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
++ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
++
++/**
++ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
++ *
++ * Results in messages such as:
++ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
++ */
++#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
++
++void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
++int av_log_get_flags(void);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/macros.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu
++ * Utility Preprocessor macros
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
++#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
++ *
++ * String manipulation macros
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
++#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
++
++#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
++#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
++
++#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @addtogroup lavu_math
++ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
++#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++#include <math.h>
++#include "attributes.h"
++#include "rational.h"
++#include "intfloat.h"
++
++#ifndef M_E
++#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_LN2
++#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_LN10
++#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_LOG2_10
++#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_PHI
++#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_PI
++#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_PI_2
++#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
++#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
++#endif
++#ifndef M_SQRT2
++#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
++#endif
++#ifndef NAN
++#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
++#endif
++#ifndef INFINITY
++#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_math
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Rounding methods.
++ */
++enum AVRounding {
++ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
++ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
++ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
++ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
++ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
++ /**
++ * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
++ * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
++ *
++ * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
++ * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
++ * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
++ * cases.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
++ * // Rescaling 3:
++ * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
++ * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
++ * // => 2
++ *
++ * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
++ * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
++ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
++ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
++ * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
++ * @endcode
++ */
++ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
++};
++
++/**
++ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
++ *
++ * @param a,b Operands
++ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
++ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
++ */
++int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
++
++/**
++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
++ *
++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
++ * directly can overflow.
++ *
++ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
++ *
++ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
++ */
++int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
++ *
++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
++ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
++ *
++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
++ */
++int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
++ *
++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
++ *
++ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
++ *
++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
++ */
++int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
++ *
++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
++ *
++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
++ */
++int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
++ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
++ *
++ * @return One of the following values:
++ * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
++ * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
++ * - 0 if they represent the same position
++ *
++ * @warning
++ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
++ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
++ */
++int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
++
++/**
++ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
++ *
++ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
++ * `a` and `b`.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
++ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param a,b Operands
++ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
++ * @return
++ * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
++ * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
++ * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
++ */
++int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
++
++/**
++ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
++ *
++ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
++ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
++ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
++ *
++ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
++ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
++ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
++ *
++ * @param[in] in_tb Input time base
++ * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
++ * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
++ * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
++ * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
++ * duration of the current packet/frame)
++ * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
++ * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
++ * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
++ * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
++ *
++ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
++ * seconds.
++ */
++int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
++
++/**
++ * Add a value to a timestamp.
++ *
++ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
++ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
++ *
++ * @param[in] ts Input timestamp
++ * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
++ * @param[in] inc Value to be added
++ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
++ */
++int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
++
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/mem.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu_mem
++ * Memory handling functions
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
++#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
++
++#include <limits.h>
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++#include "attributes.h"
++#include "error.h"
++#include "avutil.h"
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
++ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
++ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
++ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
++ *
++ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
++ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
++ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
++ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
++ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
++ *
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
++ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
++ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
++ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
++ *
++ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be
++ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
++ * uint8_t aligned_array[128];
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
++ * @param v Name of the variable
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
++ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
++ * @param v Name of the variable
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
++ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
++ * assembly code.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
++ * @param v Name of the variable
++ */
++
++#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
++ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
++ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
++#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
++ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
++#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
++ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
++#else
++ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
++ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
++ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
++ *
++ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
++ * generate better code.
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @def av_malloc_attrib
++ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
++ *
++ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
++ */
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
++ #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
++#else
++ #define av_malloc_attrib
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
++ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
++ * given by the specified parameter(s).
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
++ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
++ *
++ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
++ */
++
++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
++ #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
++#else
++ #define av_alloc_size(...)
++#endif
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
++ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
++ *
++ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
++ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
++ * caution when doing so.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
++ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
++ *
++ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
++ * be allocated
++ * @see av_mallocz()
++ */
++void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
++ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
++ * block.
++ *
++ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
++ * @see av_malloc()
++ */
++void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
++ *
++ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
++ *
++ * @param nmemb Number of element
++ * @param size Size of a single element
++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
++ * be allocated
++ * @see av_malloc()
++ */
++av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
++ *
++ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
++ *
++ * @param nmemb Number of elements
++ * @param size Size of the single element
++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
++ * be allocated
++ *
++ * @see av_mallocz()
++ * @see av_malloc_array()
++ */
++av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
++ *
++ * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
++ */
++void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
++
++/**
++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
++ *
++ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
++ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
++ *
++ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
++ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
++ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
++ * reallocated
++ *
++ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
++ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
++ *
++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
++ * correctly aligned.
++ * @see av_fast_realloc()
++ * @see av_reallocp()
++ */
++void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
++ * pointer.
++ *
++ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
++ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
++ * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
++ * is updated on success, or freed on failure.
++ * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
++ * reallocated
++ *
++ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
++ *
++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
++ * correctly aligned.
++ */
++av_warn_unused_result
++int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
++ *
++ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
++ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
++ * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
++ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
++ * leak with the classic
++ * @code{.c}
++ * buf = realloc(buf);
++ * if (!buf)
++ * return -1;
++ * @endcode
++ * pattern.
++ */
++void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
++ *
++ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
++ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
++ *
++ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
++ * av_realloc() or `NULL`
++ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
++ * @param size Size of the single element of the array
++ *
++ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
++ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
++ *
++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
++ * correctly aligned.
++ * @see av_reallocp_array()
++ */
++av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
++ *
++ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
++ * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
++ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
++ * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
++ * @param[in] size Size of the single element
++ *
++ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
++ *
++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
++ * correctly aligned.
++ */
++av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
++ *
++ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
++ *
++ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
++ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
++ * freed.
++ *
++ * A typical use pattern follows:
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
++ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
++ * if (!new_buf) {
++ * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
++ * av_freep(&buf);
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ * }
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
++ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
++ * case of failure
++ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `ptr`
++ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
++ * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
++ * error
++ * @see av_realloc()
++ * @see av_fast_malloc()
++ */
++void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
++ *
++ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
++ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
++ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
++ *
++ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
++ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
++ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
++ * if (!buf) {
++ * // Allocation failed; buf already freed
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ * }
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
++ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
++ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
++ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
++ * case of failure
++ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
++ * @see av_realloc()
++ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
++ */
++void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
++ *
++ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
++ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
++ *
++ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
++ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
++ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
++ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to current size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
++ * changed to `min_size` in case of success or 0 in
++ * case of failure
++ * @param[in] min_size New size of buffer `*ptr`
++ * @see av_fast_malloc()
++ */
++void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
++
++/**
++ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
++ * or av_realloc() family.
++ *
++ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
++ *
++ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
++ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
++ * behind dangling pointers.
++ * @see av_freep()
++ */
++void av_free(void *ptr);
++
++/**
++ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
++ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
++ *
++ * @code{.c}
++ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
++ * av_free(buf);
++ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
++ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
++ * // security risk.
++ *
++ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
++ * av_freep(&buf);
++ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
++ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
++ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
++ * @see av_free()
++ */
++void av_freep(void *ptr);
++
++/**
++ * Duplicate a string.
++ *
++ * @param s String to be duplicated
++ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
++ * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
++ * @see av_strndup()
++ */
++char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
++
++/**
++ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
++ *
++ * @param s String to be duplicated
++ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
++ * terminating byte)
++ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
++ * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
++ */
++char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
++
++/**
++ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
++ *
++ * @param p Buffer to be duplicated
++ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
++ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
++ * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
++ */
++void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
++
++/**
++ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
++ *
++ * @param dst Destination buffer
++ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
++ * the overlapping window); must be > 0
++ * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
++ *
++ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
++ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
++ */
++void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
++ *
++ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
++ *
++ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
++ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
++ *
++ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
++ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
++ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
++ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
++ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
++ *
++ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
++ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
++ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
++ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
++ *
++ * @code
++ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
++ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
++ *
++ * type to_be_added = ...;
++ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
++ *
++ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
++ * if (nb == 0)
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ *
++ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
++ * if (nb == 0)
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ *
++ * // Now:
++ * // nb == 2
++ * // &to_be_added == array[0]
++ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
++ *
++ * av_freep(&array);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
++ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
++ * implements this mechanism.
++ *
++ * @code
++ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
++ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
++ *
++ * type to_be_added = ...;
++ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
++ *
++ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
++ * if (!addr)
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
++ *
++ * // Shortcut of the above.
++ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
++ * (const void *)&to_be_added2);
++ * if (!addr)
++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
++ *
++ * // Now:
++ * // nb == 2
++ * // to_be_added == array[0]
++ * // to_be_added2 == array[1]
++ *
++ * av_freep(&array);
++ * @endcode
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
++ *
++ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
++ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
++ * allocated structure.
++ *
++ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
++ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
++ *
++ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
++ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
++ * is incremented.
++ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
++ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
++ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
++ * @param[in] elem Element to add
++ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
++ */
++void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
++
++/**
++ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
++ *
++ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
++ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
++ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
++ *
++ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
++ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
++ */
++av_warn_unused_result
++int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
++
++/**
++ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
++ *
++ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
++ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
++ *
++ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
++ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
++ * is incremented.
++ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
++ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
++ *
++ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
++ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
++ * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
++ * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
++ * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
++ * allocated but left uninitialized.
++ *
++ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
++ * space
++ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
++ */
++void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
++ const uint8_t *elem_data);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
++ *
++ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
++ *
++ * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
++ * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
++ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
++ */
++static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
++{
++ size_t t = a * b;
++ /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
++ * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
++ if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
++ return AVERROR(EINVAL);
++ *r = t;
++ return 0;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
++ *
++ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
++ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
++ *
++ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
++ *
++ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
++ *
++ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
++ * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
++ */
++void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
++#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * pixel format definitions
++ */
++
++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
++#include "version.h"
++
++#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
++#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
++
++/**
++ * Pixel format.
++ *
++ * @note
++ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
++ * color is put together as:
++ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
++ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
++ * big-endian CPUs.
++ *
++ * @par
++ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
++ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
++ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
++ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
++ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
++ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
++ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
++ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
++ *
++ * @par
++ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
++ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
++ * allocating the picture.
++ */
++enum AVPixelFormat {
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
++ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
++ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
++ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
++ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
++ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
++ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
++
++#if FF_API_VAAPI
++ /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */
++ /**@{*/
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
++ /**@}*/
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
++#else
++ /**
++ * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
++ * VASurfaceID.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
++#endif
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
++
++ /**
++ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
++ * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
++ * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
++ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
++ /**
++ * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
++ * mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
++ /**
++ * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
++ * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
++
++ /**
++ * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
++ * exactly as for system memory frames.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
++
++ /**
++ * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
++ *
++ * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
++ * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
++ *
++ * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
++ * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
++ * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
++
++ /**
++ * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
++ *
++ * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
++ /**
++ * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
++ *
++ * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
++ * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
++ */
++ AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
++
++ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
++};
++
++#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
++# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
++#else
++# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
++#endif
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
++
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
++
++/**
++ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
++ */
++enum AVColorPrimaries {
++ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
++ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
++ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
++ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3,
++ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
++
++ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
++ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
++ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
++ AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
++ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++/**
++ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
++ */
++enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
++ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
++ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361
++ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
++ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3,
++ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
++ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7,
++ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
++ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
++ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
++ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
++ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
++ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
++ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
++ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
++ AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
++ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++/**
++ * YUV colorspace type.
++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
++ */
++enum AVColorSpace {
++ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
++ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B
++ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
++ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
++ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
++ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
++ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
++ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
++ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
++ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
++ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
++ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
++ AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
++ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++/**
++ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
++ */
++enum AVColorRange {
++ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
++ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
++ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
++ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++/**
++ * Location of chroma samples.
++ *
++ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
++ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
++ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
++ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
++ *
++ * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
++ * v v v v
++ * ______ ______
++ *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples,
++ * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions
++ *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position
++ */
++enum AVChromaLocation {
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
++ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
++};
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/rational.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
++/*
++ * rational numbers
++ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
++ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
++ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
++#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++#include <limits.h>
++#include "attributes.h"
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
++ * @ingroup lavu_math
++ * Rational number calculation.
++ *
++ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
++ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
++ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
++ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
++ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
++ * denominators.
++ *
++ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
++ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
++ * rational numbers.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
++ */
++typedef struct AVRational{
++ int num; ///< Numerator
++ int den; ///< Denominator
++} AVRational;
++
++/**
++ * Create an AVRational.
++ *
++ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
++ *
++ * @note The return value is not reduced.
++ * @see av_reduce()
++ */
++static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
++{
++ AVRational r = { num, den };
++ return r;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Compare two rationals.
++ *
++ * @param a First rational
++ * @param b Second rational
++ *
++ * @return One of the following values:
++ * - 0 if `a == b`
++ * - 1 if `a > b`
++ * - -1 if `a < b`
++ * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
++ */
++static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
++ const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
++
++ if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
++ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
++ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
++ else return INT_MIN;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
++ * @param a AVRational to convert
++ * @return `a` in floating-point form
++ * @see av_d2q()
++ */
++static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
++ return a.num / (double) a.den;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Reduce a fraction.
++ *
++ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
++ *
++ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
++ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
++ * @param[in] num Source numerator
++ * @param[in] den Source denominator
++ * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
++ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
++ */
++int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
++
++/**
++ * Multiply two rationals.
++ * @param b First rational
++ * @param c Second rational
++ * @return b*c
++ */
++AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Divide one rational by another.
++ * @param b First rational
++ * @param c Second rational
++ * @return b/c
++ */
++AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Add two rationals.
++ * @param b First rational
++ * @param c Second rational
++ * @return b+c
++ */
++AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Subtract one rational from another.
++ * @param b First rational
++ * @param c Second rational
++ * @return b-c
++ */
++AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Invert a rational.
++ * @param q value
++ * @return 1 / q
++ */
++static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
++{
++ AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
++ return r;
++}
++
++/**
++ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
++ *
++ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
++ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
++ *
++ * @param d `double` to convert
++ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
++ * @return `d` in AVRational form
++ * @see av_q2d()
++ */
++AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
++
++/**
++ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
++ *
++ * @param q Rational to be compared against
++ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
++ * @return One of the following values:
++ * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
++ * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
++ * - 0 if they have the same distance
++ */
++int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
++
++/**
++ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
++ *
++ * @param q Reference rational
++ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
++ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
++ */
++int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
++
++/**
++ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
++ * format.
++ *
++ * @param q Rational to be converted
++ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
++ * integer.
++ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
++ */
++uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
++/*
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
++#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
++
++#include <stdint.h>
++
++#include "avutil.h"
++#include "attributes.h"
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
++ * @{
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
++ *
++ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Audio sample formats
++ *
++ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
++ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
++ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
++ *
++ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
++ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
++ *
++ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
++ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
++ *
++ * @par
++ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
++ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
++ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
++ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
++ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
++ *
++ */
++enum AVSampleFormat {
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
++
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
++
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
++};
++
++/**
++ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
++ * recognized.
++ */
++const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
++ * on error.
++ */
++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
++
++/**
++ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
++ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
++ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
++ * input.
++ */
++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
++
++/**
++ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
++ *
++ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
++ * the same as the input.
++ *
++ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
++ */
++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
++ *
++ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
++ * the same as the input.
++ *
++ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
++ */
++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
++ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
++ *
++ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
++ * @param buf_size the size of buf
++ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
++ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
++ * corresponding header.
++ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
++ * unknown or in case of other errors
++ */
++char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Return number of bytes per sample.
++ *
++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
++ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
++ * sample format
++ */
++int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Check if the sample format is planar.
++ *
++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
++ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
++ */
++int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
++ *
++ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
++ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
++ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
++ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
++ */
++int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ *
++ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
++ *
++ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
++ * @{
++ */
++
++/**
++ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
++ * format sample_fmt.
++ *
++ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
++ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
++ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
++ *
++ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
++ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
++ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
++ *
++ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
++ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
++ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
++ *
++ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
++ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
++ *
++ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
++ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
++ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
++ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
++ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
++ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
++ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
++ * of success at the next bump
++ */
++int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
++ const uint8_t *buf,
++ int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
++ * linesize accordingly.
++ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
++ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
++ *
++ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
++ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
++ *
++ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
++ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
++ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
++ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
++ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
++ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
++ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
++ */
++int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
++ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
++
++/**
++ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
++ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
++ *
++ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
++ * pointers array.
++ *
++ * @see av_samples_alloc()
++ */
++int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
++ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
++
++/**
++ * Copy samples from src to dst.
++ *
++ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
++ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
++ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
++ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
++ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
++ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
++ */
++int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
++ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
++ *
++ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
++ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
++ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
++ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
++ */
++int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
++ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/include/libavutil/version.h
+@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
++/*
++ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
++ *
++ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
++ *
++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
++ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
++ *
++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @file
++ * @ingroup lavu
++ * Libavutil version macros
++ */
++
++#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
++#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
++
++#include "macros.h"
++
++/**
++ * @addtogroup version_utils
++ *
++ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
++ * backward compatibility.
++ *
++ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
++ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
++ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
++ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
++ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
++ *
++ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
++ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
++ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
++ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
++ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
++ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
++ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
++ * versions.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
++#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
++#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
++
++/**
++ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
++ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
++ */
++#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
++#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
++#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ */
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
++ *
++ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
++ * which version of libavutil is in use.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56
++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 14
++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
++
++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
++#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
++
++#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
++
++/**
++ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
++ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
++ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
++ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
++ *
++ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
++ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
++ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
++ *
++ * @{
++ */
++
++#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI
++#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP
++#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
++#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
++#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS
++#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
++#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
++#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL
++#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
++#endif
++
++
++/**
++ * @}
++ * @}
++ */
++
++#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build
+new file mode 100644
+--- /dev/null
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg58/moz.build
+@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
++# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
++# vim: set filetype=python:
++# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
++# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
++# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
++
++UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
++ '../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp',
++ '../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp',
++ '../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp',
++ '../FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp',
++]
++LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
++ '..',
++ 'include',
++]
++
++if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] in ('clang', 'gcc'):
++ CXXFLAGS += [ '-Wno-deprecated-declarations' ]
++if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] == 'clang':
++ CXXFLAGS += [
++ '-Wno-unknown-attributes',
++ ]
++
++FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
+--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build
+@@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ EXPORTS += [
+ 'FFmpegRuntimeLinker.h',
+ ]
+
+ DIRS += [
+ 'libav53',
+ 'libav54',
+ 'libav55',
+ 'ffmpeg57',
++ 'ffmpeg58',
+ ]
+
+ UNIFIED_SOURCES += [
+ 'FFmpegRuntimeLinker.cpp',
+ ]
+
+ FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul'
+
projects / packages / firefox52-esr.git / commitdiff